blob: d0997ccb2b440b293bb60ff7225831af42cc8958 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001//===--------------------- SemaLookup.cpp - Name Lookup ------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements name lookup for C, C++, Objective-C, and
11// Objective-C++.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregorc3a6ade2010-08-12 20:07:10 +000014#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +000015#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000016#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Nick Lewyckyc3921482012-04-03 21:44:08 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclLookups.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000020#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +000021#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000022#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +000023#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000024#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000025#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
Alp Tokerb6cc5922014-05-03 03:45:55 +000026#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000027#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
28#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
29#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
30#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
31#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
32#include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000036#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth3a022472012-12-04 09:13:33 +000037#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +000038#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000039#include "llvm/ADT/StringMap.h"
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +000040#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +000041#include "llvm/ADT/edit_distance.h"
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +000042#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000043#include <algorithm>
44#include <iterator>
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +000045#include <limits>
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +000046#include <list>
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +000047#include <map>
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +000048#include <set>
49#include <utility>
50#include <vector>
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000051
52using namespace clang;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +000053using namespace sema;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +000054
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000055namespace {
56 class UnqualUsingEntry {
57 const DeclContext *Nominated;
58 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000059
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000060 public:
61 UnqualUsingEntry(const DeclContext *Nominated,
62 const DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
63 : Nominated(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {
64 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000065
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000066 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const {
67 return CommonAncestor;
68 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000069
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000070 const DeclContext *getNominatedNamespace() const {
71 return Nominated;
72 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000073
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000074 // Sort by the pointer value of the common ancestor.
75 struct Comparator {
76 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &L, const UnqualUsingEntry &R) {
77 return L.getCommonAncestor() < R.getCommonAncestor();
78 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000079
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000080 bool operator()(const UnqualUsingEntry &E, const DeclContext *DC) {
81 return E.getCommonAncestor() < DC;
82 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000083
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000084 bool operator()(const DeclContext *DC, const UnqualUsingEntry &E) {
85 return DC < E.getCommonAncestor();
86 }
87 };
88 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000089
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000090 /// A collection of using directives, as used by C++ unqualified
91 /// lookup.
92 class UnqualUsingDirectiveSet {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000093 typedef SmallVector<UnqualUsingEntry, 8> ListTy;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000094
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000095 ListTy list;
96 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> visited;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +000097
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +000098 public:
99 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet() {}
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000100
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000101 void visitScopeChain(Scope *S, Scope *InnermostFileScope) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000102 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000103 // During unqualified name lookup, the names appear as if they
104 // were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
105 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000106 DeclContext *InnermostFileDC = InnermostFileScope->getEntity();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000107 assert(InnermostFileDC && InnermostFileDC->isFileContext());
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000108
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000109 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000110 // C++ [namespace.udir]p1:
111 // A using-directive shall not appear in class scope, but may
112 // appear in namespace scope or in block scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000113 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Nick Lewycky2bd636f2012-03-13 04:12:34 +0000114 if (Ctx && Ctx->isFileContext()) {
115 visit(Ctx, Ctx);
116 } else if (!Ctx || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Aaron Ballman5df6aa42014-03-17 17:03:37 +0000117 for (auto *I : S->using_directives())
118 visit(I, InnermostFileDC);
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000119 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000120 }
121 }
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000122
123 // Visits a context and collect all of its using directives
124 // recursively. Treats all using directives as if they were
125 // declared in the context.
126 //
127 // A given context is only every visited once, so it is important
128 // that contexts be visited from the inside out in order to get
129 // the effective DCs right.
130 void visit(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
131 if (!visited.insert(DC))
132 return;
133
134 addUsingDirectives(DC, EffectiveDC);
135 }
136
137 // Visits a using directive and collects all of its using
138 // directives recursively. Treats all using directives as if they
139 // were declared in the effective DC.
140 void visit(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
141 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
142 if (!visited.insert(NS))
143 return;
144
145 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
146 addUsingDirectives(NS, EffectiveDC);
147 }
148
149 // Adds all the using directives in a context (and those nominated
150 // by its using directives, transitively) as if they appeared in
151 // the given effective context.
152 void addUsingDirectives(DeclContext *DC, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000153 SmallVector<DeclContext*,4> queue;
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000154 while (true) {
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +0000155 for (auto UD : DC->using_directives()) {
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000156 DeclContext *NS = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
157 if (visited.insert(NS)) {
158 addUsingDirective(UD, EffectiveDC);
159 queue.push_back(NS);
160 }
161 }
162
163 if (queue.empty())
164 return;
165
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +0000166 DC = queue.pop_back_val();
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000167 }
168 }
169
170 // Add a using directive as if it had been declared in the given
171 // context. This helps implement C++ [namespace.udir]p3:
172 // The using-directive is transitive: if a scope contains a
173 // using-directive that nominates a second namespace that itself
174 // contains using-directives, the effect is as if the
175 // using-directives from the second namespace also appeared in
176 // the first.
177 void addUsingDirective(UsingDirectiveDecl *UD, DeclContext *EffectiveDC) {
178 // Find the common ancestor between the effective context and
179 // the nominated namespace.
180 DeclContext *Common = UD->getNominatedNamespace();
181 while (!Common->Encloses(EffectiveDC))
182 Common = Common->getParent();
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000183 Common = Common->getPrimaryContext();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000184
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000185 list.push_back(UnqualUsingEntry(UD->getNominatedNamespace(), Common));
186 }
187
188 void done() {
189 std::sort(list.begin(), list.end(), UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
190 }
191
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000192 typedef ListTy::const_iterator const_iterator;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000193
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000194 const_iterator begin() const { return list.begin(); }
195 const_iterator end() const { return list.end(); }
196
197 std::pair<const_iterator,const_iterator>
198 getNamespacesFor(DeclContext *DC) const {
John McCall9757d032009-11-10 09:20:04 +0000199 return std::equal_range(begin(), end(), DC->getPrimaryContext(),
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000200 UnqualUsingEntry::Comparator());
201 }
202 };
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000203}
204
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000205// Retrieve the set of identifier namespaces that correspond to a
206// specific kind of name lookup.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000207static inline unsigned getIDNS(Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind,
208 bool CPlusPlus,
209 bool Redeclaration) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000210 unsigned IDNS = 0;
211 switch (NameKind) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +0000212 case Sema::LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000213 case Sema::LookupOrdinaryName:
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +0000214 case Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000215 case Sema::LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000216 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000217 if (CPlusPlus) {
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000218 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000219 if (Redeclaration)
220 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend;
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000221 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000222 if (Redeclaration)
223 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000224 break;
225
John McCallb9467b62010-04-24 01:30:58 +0000226 case Sema::LookupOperatorName:
227 // Operator lookup is its own crazy thing; it is not the same
228 // as (e.g.) looking up an operator name for redeclaration.
229 assert(!Redeclaration && "cannot do redeclaration operator lookup");
230 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_NonMemberOperator;
231 break;
232
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000233 case Sema::LookupTagName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000234 if (CPlusPlus) {
235 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type;
236
237 // When looking for a redeclaration of a tag name, we add:
238 // 1) TagFriend to find undeclared friend decls
239 // 2) Namespace because they can't "overload" with tag decls.
240 // 3) Tag because it includes class templates, which can't
241 // "overload" with tag decls.
242 if (Redeclaration)
243 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
244 } else {
245 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Tag;
246 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000247 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000248
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +0000249 case Sema::LookupLabel:
250 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Label;
251 break;
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000252
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000253 case Sema::LookupMemberName:
254 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Member;
255 if (CPlusPlus)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000256 IDNS |= Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000257 break;
258
259 case Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000260 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Type | Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
261 break;
262
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000263 case Sema::LookupNamespaceName:
John McCalle87beb22010-04-23 18:46:30 +0000264 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Namespace;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000265 break;
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +0000266
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000267 case Sema::LookupUsingDeclName:
Richard Smith83e78f52014-04-11 01:03:38 +0000268 assert(Redeclaration && "should only be used for redecl lookup");
269 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member |
270 Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_TagFriend | Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend |
271 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000272 break;
273
Douglas Gregor79947a22009-04-24 00:11:27 +0000274 case Sema::LookupObjCProtocolName:
275 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol;
276 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000277
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000278 case Sema::LookupAnyName:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000279 IDNS = Decl::IDNS_Ordinary | Decl::IDNS_Tag | Decl::IDNS_Member
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +0000280 | Decl::IDNS_Using | Decl::IDNS_Namespace | Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol
281 | Decl::IDNS_Type;
282 break;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000283 }
284 return IDNS;
285}
286
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000287void LookupResult::configure() {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000288 IDNS = getIDNS(LookupKind, SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus,
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000289 isForRedeclaration());
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000290
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000291 // If we're looking for one of the allocation or deallocation
292 // operators, make sure that the implicitly-declared new and delete
293 // operators can be found.
294 switch (NameInfo.getName().getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
295 case OO_New:
296 case OO_Delete:
297 case OO_Array_New:
298 case OO_Array_Delete:
299 SemaRef.DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
300 break;
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000301
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000302 default:
303 break;
304 }
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000305
Richard Smithbdd14642014-02-04 01:14:30 +0000306 // Compiler builtins are always visible, regardless of where they end
307 // up being declared.
308 if (IdentifierInfo *Id = NameInfo.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
309 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Id->getBuiltinID()) {
310 if (!SemaRef.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
311 AllowHidden = true;
Douglas Gregor15197662013-04-03 23:06:26 +0000312 }
Douglas Gregorbcf0a472010-03-24 05:07:21 +0000313 }
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +0000314}
315
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000316bool LookupResult::sanity() const {
Richard Smithf97ad222014-04-01 18:33:50 +0000317 // This function is never called by NDEBUG builds.
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000318 assert(ResultKind != NotFound || Decls.size() == 0);
319 assert(ResultKind != Found || Decls.size() == 1);
320 assert(ResultKind != FoundOverloaded || Decls.size() > 1 ||
321 (Decls.size() == 1 &&
322 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*begin())->getUnderlyingDecl())));
323 assert(ResultKind != FoundUnresolvedValue || sanityCheckUnresolved());
324 assert(ResultKind != Ambiguous || Decls.size() > 1 ||
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +0000325 (Decls.size() == 1 && (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects ||
326 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes)));
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000327 assert((Paths != nullptr) == (ResultKind == Ambiguous &&
328 (Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes ||
329 Ambiguity == AmbiguousBaseSubobjects)));
Alp Tokerc1086762013-12-07 13:51:35 +0000330 return true;
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000331}
John McCall19c1bfd2010-08-25 05:32:35 +0000332
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000333// Necessary because CXXBasePaths is not complete in Sema.h
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000334void LookupResult::deletePaths(CXXBasePaths *Paths) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000335 delete Paths;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000336}
337
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000338/// Get a representative context for a declaration such that two declarations
339/// will have the same context if they were found within the same scope.
Benjamin Kramerfc58b042013-11-01 11:50:55 +0000340static DeclContext *getContextForScopeMatching(Decl *D) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000341 // For function-local declarations, use that function as the context. This
342 // doesn't account for scopes within the function; the caller must deal with
343 // those.
344 DeclContext *DC = D->getLexicalDeclContext();
345 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
346 return DC;
347
348 // Otherwise, look at the semantic context of the declaration. The
349 // declaration must have been found there.
350 return D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
351}
352
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000353/// Resolves the result kind of this lookup.
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000354void LookupResult::resolveKind() {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000355 unsigned N = Decls.size();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000356
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000357 // Fast case: no possible ambiguity.
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000358 if (N == 0) {
John McCall7fe6e9c2010-01-15 21:27:01 +0000359 assert(ResultKind == NotFound || ResultKind == NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation);
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000360 return;
361 }
362
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000363 // If there's a single decl, we need to examine it to decide what
364 // kind of lookup this is.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000365 if (N == 1) {
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000366 NamedDecl *D = (*Decls.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
367 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000368 ResultKind = FoundOverloaded;
Douglas Gregor516d6722010-04-25 21:15:30 +0000369 else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D))
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000370 ResultKind = FoundUnresolvedValue;
371 return;
372 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000373
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000374 // Don't do any extra resolution if we've already resolved as ambiguous.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000375 if (ResultKind == Ambiguous) return;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000376
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000377 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*, 16> Unique;
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000378 llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 16> UniqueTypes;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000379
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000380 bool Ambiguous = false;
381 bool HasTag = false, HasFunction = false, HasNonFunction = false;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000382 bool HasFunctionTemplate = false, HasUnresolved = false;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000383
384 unsigned UniqueTagIndex = 0;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000385
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000386 unsigned I = 0;
387 while (I < N) {
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000388 NamedDecl *D = Decls[I]->getUnderlyingDecl();
389 D = cast<NamedDecl>(D->getCanonicalDecl());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000390
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1fcd7fd2013-02-22 06:58:37 +0000391 // Ignore an invalid declaration unless it's the only one left.
392 if (D->isInvalidDecl() && I < N-1) {
393 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
394 continue;
395 }
396
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000397 // Redeclarations of types via typedef can occur both within a scope
398 // and, through using declarations and directives, across scopes. There is
399 // no ambiguity if they all refer to the same type, so unique based on the
400 // canonical type.
401 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D)) {
402 if (!TD->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
403 QualType T = SemaRef.Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
404 if (!UniqueTypes.insert(SemaRef.Context.getCanonicalType(T))) {
405 // The type is not unique; pull something off the back and continue
406 // at this index.
407 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
408 continue;
409 }
410 }
411 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000412
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +0000413 if (!Unique.insert(D)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000414 // If it's not unique, pull something off the back (and
415 // continue at this index).
416 Decls[I] = Decls[--N];
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000417 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000418 }
419
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000420 // Otherwise, do some decl type analysis and then continue.
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000421
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000422 if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D)) {
423 HasUnresolved = true;
424 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(D)) {
425 if (HasTag)
426 Ambiguous = true;
427 UniqueTagIndex = I;
428 HasTag = true;
429 } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
430 HasFunction = true;
431 HasFunctionTemplate = true;
432 } else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
433 HasFunction = true;
434 } else {
435 if (HasNonFunction)
436 Ambiguous = true;
437 HasNonFunction = true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000438 }
Douglas Gregor13e65872010-08-11 14:45:53 +0000439 I++;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440 }
Douglas Gregor38feed82009-04-24 02:57:34 +0000441
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000442 // C++ [basic.scope.hiding]p2:
443 // A class name or enumeration name can be hidden by the name of
444 // an object, function, or enumerator declared in the same
445 // scope. If a class or enumeration name and an object, function,
446 // or enumerator are declared in the same scope (in any order)
447 // with the same name, the class or enumeration name is hidden
448 // wherever the object, function, or enumerator name is visible.
449 // But it's still an error if there are distinct tag types found,
450 // even if they're not visible. (ref?)
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000451 if (HideTags && HasTag && !Ambiguous &&
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000452 (HasFunction || HasNonFunction || HasUnresolved)) {
Richard Smith3876cc82013-10-30 01:02:04 +0000453 if (getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex])->Equals(
454 getContextForScopeMatching(Decls[UniqueTagIndex ? 0 : N - 1])))
Douglas Gregore63d0872010-10-23 16:06:17 +0000455 Decls[UniqueTagIndex] = Decls[--N];
456 else
457 Ambiguous = true;
458 }
Anders Carlsson8d0f6b72009-06-26 03:37:05 +0000459
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000460 Decls.set_size(N);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000461
John McCall80053822009-12-03 00:58:24 +0000462 if (HasNonFunction && (HasFunction || HasUnresolved))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000463 Ambiguous = true;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +0000464
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000465 if (Ambiguous)
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000466 setAmbiguous(LookupResult::AmbiguousReference);
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000467 else if (HasUnresolved)
468 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue;
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +0000469 else if (N > 1 || HasFunctionTemplate)
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000470 ResultKind = LookupResult::FoundOverloaded;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000471 else
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000472 ResultKind = LookupResult::Found;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +0000473}
474
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000475void LookupResult::addDeclsFromBasePaths(const CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall5b0829a2010-02-10 09:31:12 +0000476 CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator I, E;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000477 for (I = P.begin(), E = P.end(); I != E; ++I)
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000478 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator DI = I->Decls.begin(),
479 DE = I->Decls.end(); DI != DE; ++DI)
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000480 addDecl(*DI);
Douglas Gregorfe3d7d02009-04-01 21:51:26 +0000481}
482
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000483void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000484 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
485 Paths->swap(P);
486 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
487 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000488 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjects);
Douglas Gregor0e8fc3c2009-02-02 21:35:47 +0000489}
490
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +0000491void LookupResult::setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(CXXBasePaths &P) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000492 Paths = new CXXBasePaths;
493 Paths->swap(P);
494 addDeclsFromBasePaths(*Paths);
495 resolveKind();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +0000496 setAmbiguous(AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000497}
498
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000499void LookupResult::print(raw_ostream &Out) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000500 Out << Decls.size() << " result(s)";
501 if (isAmbiguous()) Out << ", ambiguous";
502 if (Paths) Out << ", base paths present";
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000503
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000504 for (iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I) {
505 Out << "\n";
506 (*I)->print(Out, 2);
507 }
508}
509
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000510/// \brief Lookup a builtin function, when name lookup would otherwise
511/// fail.
512static bool LookupBuiltin(Sema &S, LookupResult &R) {
513 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
514
515 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
516 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
517 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
518 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupOrdinaryName ||
519 NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
520 IdentifierInfo *II = R.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
521 if (II) {
Nico Webere1687c52013-06-20 21:44:55 +0000522 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && S.getLangOpts().GNUMode &&
523 II == S.getFloat128Identifier()) {
524 // libstdc++4.7's type_traits expects type __float128 to exist, so
525 // insert a dummy type to make that header build in gnu++11 mode.
526 R.addDecl(S.getASTContext().getFloat128StubType());
527 return true;
528 }
529
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000530 // If this is a builtin on this (or all) targets, create the decl.
531 if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
532 // In C++, we don't have any predefined library functions like
533 // 'malloc'. Instead, we'll just error.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000534 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000535 S.Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))
536 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000537
538 if (NamedDecl *D = S.LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II,
539 BuiltinID, S.TUScope,
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000540 R.isForRedeclaration(),
541 R.getNameLoc())) {
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000542 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorbfe022c2011-01-03 09:37:44 +0000543 return true;
544 }
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000545 }
546 }
547 }
548
549 return false;
550}
551
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000552/// \brief Determine whether we can declare a special member function within
553/// the class at this point.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000554static bool CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000555 // We need to have a definition for the class.
556 if (!Class->getDefinition() || Class->isDependentContext())
557 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000558
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000559 // We can't be in the middle of defining the class.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000560 return !Class->isBeingDefined();
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000561}
562
563void Sema::ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000564 if (!CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class))
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000565 return;
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000566
567 // If the default constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000568 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000569 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000570
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000571 // If the copy constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000572 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000573 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000574
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000575 // If the copy assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000576 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000577 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
578
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000579 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000580 // If the move constructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
581 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
582 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class); // might not actually do it
583
584 // If the move assignment operator has not yet been declared, do so now.
585 if (Class->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
586 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class); // might not actually do it
587 }
588
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000589 // If the destructor has not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000590 if (Class->needsImplicitDestructor())
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000591 DeclareImplicitDestructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000592}
593
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000594/// \brief Determine whether this is the name of an implicitly-declared
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000595/// special member function.
596static bool isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(DeclarationName Name) {
597 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000598 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000599 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
600 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000601
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000602 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
603 return Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000604
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000605 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000606 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000607 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000608
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000609 return false;
610}
611
612/// \brief If there are any implicit member functions with the given name
613/// that need to be declared in the given declaration context, do so.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000614static void DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(Sema &S,
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000615 DeclarationName Name,
616 const DeclContext *DC) {
617 if (!DC)
618 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000619
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000620 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000621 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
622 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000623 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000624 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +0000625 if (Record->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000626 S.DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000627 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000628 S.DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000629 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000630 Record->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
631 S.DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000632 }
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000633 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000634
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000635 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
636 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000637 if (Record->getDefinition() && Record->needsImplicitDestructor() &&
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000638 CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record))
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000639 S.DeclareImplicitDestructor(const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record));
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000640 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000641
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000642 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
643 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Equal)
644 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000645
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000646 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +0000647 if (Record->getDefinition() && CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Record)) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000648 CXXRecordDecl *Class = const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(Record);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +0000649 if (Record->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000650 S.DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +0000651 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +0000652 Record->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
653 S.DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(Class);
654 }
655 }
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000656 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000657
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000658 default:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000659 break;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000660 }
661}
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000662
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000663// Adds all qualifying matches for a name within a decl context to the
664// given lookup result. Returns true if any matches were found.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000665static bool LookupDirect(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, const DeclContext *DC) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000666 bool Found = false;
667
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000668 // Lazily declare C++ special member functions.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000669 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000670 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(S, R.getLookupName(), DC);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000671
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000672 // Perform lookup into this declaration context.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +0000673 DeclContext::lookup_const_result DR = DC->lookup(R.getLookupName());
674 for (DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator I = DR.begin(), E = DR.end(); I != E;
675 ++I) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000676 NamedDecl *D = *I;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000677 if ((D = R.getAcceptableDecl(D))) {
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +0000678 R.addDecl(D);
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000679 Found = true;
680 }
681 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000682
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000683 if (!Found && DC->isTranslationUnit() && LookupBuiltin(S, R))
684 return true;
685
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000686 if (R.getLookupName().getNameKind()
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000687 != DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName ||
688 R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType()->isDependentType() ||
689 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
690 return Found;
691
692 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000693 // A specialization of a conversion function template is not found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000694 // name lookup. Instead, any conversion function templates visible in the
695 // context of the use are considered. [...]
696 const CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +0000697 if (!Record->isCompleteDefinition())
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000698 return Found;
699
Argyrios Kyrtzidisa6567c42012-11-28 03:56:09 +0000700 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator U = Record->conversion_begin(),
701 UEnd = Record->conversion_end(); U != UEnd; ++U) {
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000702 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*U);
703 if (!ConvTemplate)
704 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000705
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000706 // When we're performing lookup for the purposes of redeclaration, just
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000707 // add the conversion function template. When we deduce template
708 // arguments for specializations, we'll end up unifying the return
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000709 // type of the new declaration with the type of the function template.
710 if (R.isForRedeclaration()) {
711 R.addDecl(ConvTemplate);
712 Found = true;
713 continue;
714 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000715
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000716 // C++ [temp.mem]p6:
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000717 // [...] For each such operator, if argument deduction succeeds
718 // (14.9.2.3), the resulting specialization is used as if found by
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000719 // name lookup.
720 //
721 // When referencing a conversion function for any purpose other than
722 // a redeclaration (such that we'll be building an expression with the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000723 // result), perform template argument deduction and place the
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000724 // specialization into the result set. We do this to avoid forcing all
725 // callers to perform special deduction for conversion functions.
Craig Toppere6706e42012-09-19 02:26:47 +0000726 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(R.getNameLoc());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000727 FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000728
729 const FunctionProtoType *ConvProto
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000730 = ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
731 assert(ConvProto && "Nonsensical conversion function template type");
Douglas Gregor3c96a462010-01-12 01:17:50 +0000732
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000733 // Compute the type of the function that we would expect the conversion
734 // function to have, if it were to match the name given.
735 // FIXME: Calling convention!
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +0000736 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = ConvProto->getExtProtoInfo();
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +0000737 EPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CC_C);
Richard Smith8acb4282014-07-31 21:57:55 +0000738 EPI.ExceptionSpec = EST_None;
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000739 QualType ExpectedType
740 = R.getSema().Context.getFunctionType(R.getLookupName().getCXXNameType(),
Dmitri Gribenko44ebbd52013-05-05 00:41:58 +0000741 None, EPI);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000742
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000743 // Perform template argument deduction against the type that we would
744 // expect the function to have.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000745 if (R.getSema().DeduceTemplateArguments(ConvTemplate, nullptr, ExpectedType,
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000746 Specialization, Info)
747 == Sema::TDK_Success) {
748 R.addDecl(Specialization);
749 Found = true;
Douglas Gregorea0a0a92010-01-11 18:40:55 +0000750 }
751 }
Chandler Carruth3a693b72010-01-31 11:44:02 +0000752
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000753 return Found;
754}
755
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000756// Performs C++ unqualified lookup into the given file context.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000757static bool
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000758CppNamespaceLookup(Sema &S, LookupResult &R, ASTContext &Context,
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000759 DeclContext *NS, UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs) {
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000760
761 assert(NS && NS->isFileContext() && "CppNamespaceLookup() requires namespace!");
762
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000763 // Perform direct name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000764 bool Found = LookupDirect(S, R, NS);
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000765
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000766 // Perform direct name lookup into the namespaces nominated by the
767 // using directives whose common ancestor is this namespace.
768 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000769 std::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(NS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000770
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000771 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +0000772 if (LookupDirect(S, R, UI->getNominatedNamespace()))
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +0000773 Found = true;
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000774
775 R.resolveKind();
776
777 return Found;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000778}
779
780static bool isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000781 if (DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000782 return Ctx->isFileContext();
783 return false;
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000784}
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000785
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000786// Find the next outer declaration context from this scope. This
787// routine actually returns the semantic outer context, which may
788// differ from the lexical context (encoded directly in the Scope
789// stack) when we are parsing a member of a class template. In this
790// case, the second element of the pair will be true, to indicate that
791// name lookup should continue searching in this semantic context when
792// it leaves the current template parameter scope.
793static std::pair<DeclContext *, bool> findOuterContext(Scope *S) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000794 DeclContext *DC = S->getEntity();
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000795 DeclContext *Lexical = nullptr;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000796 for (Scope *OuterS = S->getParent(); OuterS;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000797 OuterS = OuterS->getParent()) {
798 if (OuterS->getEntity()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000799 Lexical = OuterS->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000800 break;
801 }
802 }
803
804 // C++ [temp.local]p8:
805 // In the definition of a member of a class template that appears
806 // outside of the namespace containing the class template
807 // definition, the name of a template-parameter hides the name of
808 // a member of this namespace.
809 //
810 // Example:
811 //
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000812 // namespace N {
813 // class C { };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000814 //
815 // template<class T> class B {
816 // void f(T);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000817 // };
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000818 // }
819 //
820 // template<class C> void N::B<C>::f(C) {
821 // C b; // C is the template parameter, not N::C
822 // }
823 //
824 // In this example, the lexical context we return is the
825 // TranslationUnit, while the semantic context is the namespace N.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000826 if (!Lexical || !DC || !S->getParent() ||
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000827 !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
828 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
829
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000830 // Find the outermost template parameter scope.
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000831 // For the example, this is the scope for the template parameters of
832 // template<class C>.
833 Scope *OutermostTemplateScope = S->getParent();
834 while (OutermostTemplateScope->getParent() &&
835 OutermostTemplateScope->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope())
836 OutermostTemplateScope = OutermostTemplateScope->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000837
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000838 // Find the namespace context in which the original scope occurs. In
839 // the example, this is namespace N.
840 DeclContext *Semantic = DC;
841 while (!Semantic->isFileContext())
842 Semantic = Semantic->getParent();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000843
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000844 // Find the declaration context just outside of the template
845 // parameter scope. This is the context in which the template is
846 // being lexically declaration (a namespace context). In the
847 // example, this is the global scope.
848 if (Lexical->isFileContext() && !Lexical->Equals(Semantic) &&
849 Lexical->Encloses(Semantic))
850 return std::make_pair(Semantic, true);
851
852 return std::make_pair(Lexical, false);
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000853}
854
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000855namespace {
856/// An RAII object to specify that we want to find block scope extern
857/// declarations.
858struct FindLocalExternScope {
859 FindLocalExternScope(LookupResult &R)
860 : R(R), OldFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() &
861 Decl::IDNS_LocalExtern) {
862 R.setFindLocalExtern(R.getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary);
863 }
864 void restore() {
865 R.setFindLocalExtern(OldFindLocalExtern);
866 }
867 ~FindLocalExternScope() {
868 restore();
869 }
870 LookupResult &R;
871 bool OldFindLocalExtern;
872};
873}
874
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000875bool Sema::CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S) {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +0000876 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "Can perform only C++ lookup");
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000877
878 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000879 Sema::LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +0000880
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000881 // If this is the name of an implicitly-declared special member function,
882 // go through the scope stack to implicitly declare
883 if (isImplicitlyDeclaredMemberFunctionName(Name)) {
884 for (Scope *PreS = S; PreS; PreS = PreS->getParent())
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000885 if (DeclContext *DC = PreS->getEntity())
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000886 DeclareImplicitMemberFunctionsWithName(*this, Name, DC);
887 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +0000888
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000889 // Implicitly declare member functions with the name we're looking for, if in
890 // fact we are in a scope where it matters.
891
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000892 Scope *Initial = S;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000893 IdentifierResolver::iterator
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000894 I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
895 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000896
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000897 // First we lookup local scope.
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +0000898 // We don't consider using-directives, as per 7.3.4.p1 [namespace.udir]
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000899 // ...During unqualified name lookup (3.4.1), the names appear as if
900 // they were declared in the nearest enclosing namespace which contains
901 // both the using-directive and the nominated namespace.
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +0000902 // [Note: in this context, "contains" means "contains directly or
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000903 // indirectly".
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000904 //
905 // For example:
906 // namespace A { int i; }
907 // void foo() {
908 // int i;
909 // {
910 // using namespace A;
911 // ++i; // finds local 'i', A::i appears at global scope
912 // }
913 // }
Douglas Gregor2ada0482009-02-04 17:27:36 +0000914 //
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +0000915 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
916 bool VisitedUsingDirectives = false;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000917 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000918 DeclContext *OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +0000919
920 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
921 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
922
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +0000923 for (; S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S); S = S->getParent()) {
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +0000924 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000925
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000926 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000927 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +0000928 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000929 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000930 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
931 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
932 // out-of-scope.
933 if (!LeftStartingScope && !Initial->isDeclScope(*I))
934 LeftStartingScope = true;
935
936 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
Richard Smith9a00bbf2013-10-16 21:12:00 +0000937 // does not have linkage, skip it. If it's a template parameter,
938 // we still find it, so we can diagnose the invalid redeclaration.
939 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage()) &&
940 !(*I)->isTemplateParameter()) {
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000941 R.setShadowed();
942 continue;
943 }
944 }
945
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000946 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +0000947 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +0000948 }
949 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000950 if (Found) {
951 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor3e51e172010-05-20 20:58:56 +0000952 if (S->isClassScope())
953 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
954 R.setNamingClass(Record);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +0000955 return true;
956 }
957
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +0000958 if (NameKind == LookupLocalFriendName && !S->isClassScope()) {
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +0000959 // C++11 [class.friend]p11:
960 // If a friend declaration appears in a local class and the name
961 // specified is an unqualified name, a prior declaration is
962 // looked up without considering scopes that are outside the
963 // innermost enclosing non-class scope.
964 return false;
965 }
966
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000967 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
968 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
969 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +0000970 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000971 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
972 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
973 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
974 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +0000975 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000976 }
977
978 if (Ctx) {
979 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
980 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +0000981 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +0000982 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
983 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
984
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +0000985 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000986 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
987 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
988 // non-transparent context.
989 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +0000990 continue;
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +0000991
992 // We do not look directly into function or method contexts,
993 // since all of the local variables and parameters of the
994 // function/method are present within the Scope.
995 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
996 // If we have an Objective-C instance method, look for ivars
997 // in the corresponding interface.
998 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
999 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo())
1000 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = Method->getClassInterface()) {
1001 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
1002 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001003 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001004 ClassDeclared)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001005 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(Ivar)) {
1006 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor337caf92010-02-19 16:08:35 +00001007 R.resolveKind();
1008 return true;
1009 }
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 continue;
1015 }
1016
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001017 // If this is a file context, we need to perform unqualified name
1018 // lookup considering using directives.
1019 if (Ctx->isFileContext()) {
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001020 // If we haven't handled using directives yet, do so now.
1021 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1022 // Add using directives from this context up to the top level.
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001023 for (DeclContext *UCtx = Ctx; UCtx; UCtx = UCtx->getParent()) {
1024 if (UCtx->isTransparentContext())
1025 continue;
1026
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001027 UDirs.visit(UCtx, UCtx);
Douglas Gregor8ccbc182013-04-09 01:49:26 +00001028 }
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001029
1030 // Find the innermost file scope, so we can add using directives
1031 // from local scopes.
1032 Scope *InnermostFileScope = S;
1033 while (InnermostFileScope &&
1034 !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(InnermostFileScope))
1035 InnermostFileScope = InnermostFileScope->getParent();
1036 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, InnermostFileScope);
1037
1038 UDirs.done();
1039
1040 VisitedUsingDirectives = true;
1041 }
Douglas Gregorb0d0aa52013-03-27 12:51:49 +00001042
1043 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs)) {
1044 R.resolveKind();
1045 return true;
1046 }
1047
1048 continue;
1049 }
1050
Douglas Gregor7f737c02009-09-10 16:57:35 +00001051 // Perform qualified name lookup into this context.
1052 // FIXME: In some cases, we know that every name that could be found by
1053 // this qualified name lookup will also be on the identifier chain. For
1054 // example, inside a class without any base classes, we never need to
1055 // perform qualified lookup because all of the members are on top of the
1056 // identifier chain.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001057 if (LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx, /*InUnqualifiedLookup=*/true))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001058 return true;
Douglas Gregorfdca4a72009-03-27 04:21:56 +00001059 }
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001060 }
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001061 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001062
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001063 // Stop if we ran out of scopes.
1064 // FIXME: This really, really shouldn't be happening.
1065 if (!S) return false;
1066
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001067 // If we are looking for members, no need to look into global/namespace scope.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001068 if (NameKind == LookupMemberName)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis706bbf82010-10-29 16:12:50 +00001069 return false;
1070
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001071 // Collect UsingDirectiveDecls in all scopes, and recursively all
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001072 // nominated namespaces by those using-directives.
John McCallf6c8a4e2009-11-10 07:01:13 +00001073 //
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00001074 // FIXME: Cache this sorted list in Scope structure, and DeclContext, so we
1075 // don't build it for each lookup!
Douglas Gregorcc9406c2013-04-08 23:11:25 +00001076 if (!VisitedUsingDirectives) {
1077 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
1078 UDirs.done();
1079 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001080
1081 // If we're not performing redeclaration lookup, do not look for local
1082 // extern declarations outside of a function scope.
1083 if (!R.isForRedeclaration())
1084 FindLocals.restore();
1085
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001086 // Lookup namespace scope, and global scope.
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001087 // Unqualified name lookup in C++ requires looking into scopes
1088 // that aren't strictly lexical, and therefore we walk through the
1089 // context as well as walking through the scopes.
1090 for (; S; S = S->getParent()) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001091 // Check whether the IdResolver has anything in this scope.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001092 bool Found = false;
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001093 for (; I != IEnd && S->isDeclScope(*I); ++I) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001094 if (NamedDecl *ND = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001095 // We found something. Look for anything else in our scope
1096 // with this same name and in an acceptable identifier
1097 // namespace, so that we can construct an overload set if we
1098 // need to.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001099 Found = true;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001100 R.addDecl(ND);
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001101 }
1102 }
1103
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001104 if (Found && S->isTemplateParamScope()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001105 R.resolveKind();
1106 return true;
1107 }
1108
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001109 DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001110 if (!Ctx && S->isTemplateParamScope() && OutsideOfTemplateParamDC &&
1111 S->getParent() && !S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1112 // We've just searched the last template parameter scope and
Sylvestre Ledru830885c2012-07-23 08:59:39 +00001113 // found nothing, so look into the contexts between the
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001114 // lexical and semantic declaration contexts returned by
1115 // findOuterContext(). This implements the name lookup behavior
1116 // of C++ [temp.local]p8.
1117 Ctx = OutsideOfTemplateParamDC;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001118 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001119 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001120
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001121 if (Ctx) {
1122 DeclContext *OuterCtx;
1123 bool SearchAfterTemplateScope;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00001124 std::tie(OuterCtx, SearchAfterTemplateScope) = findOuterContext(S);
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001125 if (SearchAfterTemplateScope)
1126 OutsideOfTemplateParamDC = OuterCtx;
1127
1128 for (; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx); Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
1129 // We do not directly look into transparent contexts, since
1130 // those entities will be found in the nearest enclosing
1131 // non-transparent context.
1132 if (Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1133 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001134
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001135 // If we have a context, and it's not a context stashed in the
1136 // template parameter scope for an out-of-line definition, also
1137 // look into that context.
1138 if (!(Found && S && S->isTemplateParamScope())) {
1139 assert(Ctx->isFileContext() &&
1140 "We should have been looking only at file context here already.");
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001141
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001142 // Look into context considering using-directives.
1143 if (CppNamespaceLookup(*this, R, Context, Ctx, UDirs))
1144 Found = true;
1145 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001146
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001147 if (Found) {
1148 R.resolveKind();
1149 return true;
1150 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001151
Douglas Gregorf3d3ae62010-05-14 04:53:42 +00001152 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
1153 return false;
1154 }
1155 }
1156
Douglas Gregor3ce74932010-02-05 07:07:10 +00001157 if (R.isForRedeclaration() && Ctx && !Ctx->isTransparentContext())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001158 return false;
Douglas Gregor700792c2009-02-05 19:25:20 +00001159 }
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001160
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001161 return !R.empty();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001162}
1163
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001164/// \brief Find the declaration that a class temploid member specialization was
1165/// instantiated from, or the member itself if it is an explicit specialization.
1166static Decl *getInstantiatedFrom(Decl *D, MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo) {
1167 return MSInfo->isExplicitSpecialization() ? D : MSInfo->getInstantiatedFrom();
1168}
1169
1170/// \brief Find the module in which the given declaration was defined.
1171static Module *getDefiningModule(Decl *Entity) {
1172 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Entity)) {
1173 // If this function was instantiated from a template, the defining module is
1174 // the module containing the pattern.
1175 if (FunctionDecl *Pattern = FD->getTemplateInstantiationPattern())
1176 Entity = Pattern;
1177 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Entity)) {
1178 // If it's a class template specialization, find the template or partial
1179 // specialization from which it was instantiated.
1180 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *SpecRD =
1181 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
1182 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl*,
1183 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*> From =
1184 SpecRD->getInstantiatedFrom();
1185 if (ClassTemplateDecl *FromTemplate = From.dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl*>())
1186 Entity = FromTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
1187 else if (From)
1188 Entity = From.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl*>();
1189 // Otherwise, it's an explicit specialization.
1190 } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo =
1191 RD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1192 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(RD, MSInfo);
1193 } else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Entity)) {
1194 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = ED->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1195 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(ED, MSInfo);
1196 } else if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Entity)) {
1197 // FIXME: Map from variable template specializations back to the template.
1198 if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo())
1199 Entity = getInstantiatedFrom(VD, MSInfo);
1200 }
1201
1202 // Walk up to the containing context. That might also have been instantiated
1203 // from a template.
1204 DeclContext *Context = Entity->getDeclContext();
1205 if (Context->isFileContext())
1206 return Entity->getOwningModule();
1207 return getDefiningModule(cast<Decl>(Context));
1208}
1209
1210llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &Sema::getLookupModules() {
1211 unsigned N = ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size();
1212 for (unsigned I = ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.size();
1213 I != N; ++I) {
1214 Module *M = getDefiningModule(ActiveTemplateInstantiations[I].Entity);
1215 if (M && !LookupModulesCache.insert(M).second)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001216 M = nullptr;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001217 ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules.push_back(M);
1218 }
1219 return LookupModulesCache;
1220}
1221
1222/// \brief Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1223///
1224/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1225/// lookup context, taking into account the current template instantiation
1226/// stack. During template instantiation, a declaration is visible if it is
1227/// visible from a module containing any entity on the template instantiation
1228/// path (by instantiating a template, you allow it to see the declarations that
1229/// your module can see, including those later on in your module).
1230bool LookupResult::isVisibleSlow(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1231 assert(D->isHidden() && !SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
1232 "should not call this: not in slow case");
1233 Module *DeclModule = D->getOwningModule();
1234 assert(DeclModule && "hidden decl not from a module");
1235
1236 // Find the extra places where we need to look.
1237 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &LookupModules = SemaRef.getLookupModules();
1238 if (LookupModules.empty())
1239 return false;
1240
1241 // If our lookup set contains the decl's module, it's visible.
1242 if (LookupModules.count(DeclModule))
1243 return true;
1244
1245 // If the declaration isn't exported, it's not visible in any other module.
1246 if (D->isModulePrivate())
1247 return false;
1248
1249 // Check whether DeclModule is transitively exported to an import of
1250 // the lookup set.
1251 for (llvm::DenseSet<Module *>::iterator I = LookupModules.begin(),
1252 E = LookupModules.end();
1253 I != E; ++I)
1254 if ((*I)->isModuleVisible(DeclModule))
1255 return true;
1256 return false;
1257}
1258
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001259/// \brief Retrieve the visible declaration corresponding to D, if any.
1260///
1261/// This routine determines whether the declaration D is visible in the current
1262/// module, with the current imports. If not, it checks whether any
1263/// redeclaration of D is visible, and if so, returns that declaration.
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001264///
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001265/// \returns D, or a visible previous declaration of D, whichever is more recent
1266/// and visible. If no declaration of D is visible, returns null.
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001267static NamedDecl *findAcceptableDecl(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *D) {
1268 assert(!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, D) && "not in slow case");
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001269
Aaron Ballman86c93902014-03-06 23:45:36 +00001270 for (auto RD : D->redecls()) {
1271 if (auto ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(RD)) {
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001272 if (LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND))
Douglas Gregor54079202012-01-06 22:05:37 +00001273 return ND;
1274 }
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001275 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001276
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001277 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001278}
1279
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00001280NamedDecl *LookupResult::getAcceptableDeclSlow(NamedDecl *D) const {
1281 return findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, D);
1282}
1283
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001284/// @brief Perform unqualified name lookup starting from a given
1285/// scope.
1286///
1287/// Unqualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.unqual], C99 6.2.1) is
1288/// used to find names within the current scope. For example, 'x' in
1289/// @code
1290/// int x;
1291/// int f() {
1292/// return x; // unqualified name look finds 'x' in the global scope
1293/// }
1294/// @endcode
1295///
1296/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1297/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1298/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1299/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1300/// class LookupCriteria.
1301///
1302/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1303/// begin. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1304/// in the parent scopes.
1305///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001306/// @param [in,out] R Specifies the lookup to perform (e.g., the name to
1307/// look up and the lookup kind), and is updated with the results of lookup
1308/// including zero or more declarations and possibly additional information
1309/// used to diagnose ambiguities.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001310///
James Dennett91738ff2012-06-22 10:32:46 +00001311/// @returns \c true if lookup succeeded and false otherwise.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001312bool Sema::LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
1313 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001314 if (!Name) return false;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001315
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001316 LookupNameKind NameKind = R.getLookupKind();
1317
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00001318 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001319 // Unqualified name lookup in C/Objective-C is purely lexical, so
1320 // search in the declarations attached to the name.
John McCallea305ed2009-12-18 10:40:03 +00001321 if (NameKind == Sema::LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001322 // Find the nearest non-transparent declaration scope.
1323 while (!(S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) ||
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00001324 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001325 S = S->getParent();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001326 }
1327
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001328 // When performing a scope lookup, we want to find local extern decls.
1329 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(R);
1330
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001331 // Scan up the scope chain looking for a decl that matches this
1332 // identifier that is in the appropriate namespace. This search
1333 // should not take long, as shadowing of names is uncommon, and
1334 // deep shadowing is extremely uncommon.
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001335 bool LeftStartingScope = false;
1336
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001337 for (IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(Name),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001338 IEnd = IdResolver.end();
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001339 I != IEnd; ++I)
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001340 if (NamedDecl *D = R.getAcceptableDecl(*I)) {
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001341 if (NameKind == LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage) {
1342 // Determine whether this (or a previous) declaration is
1343 // out-of-scope.
John McCall48871652010-08-21 09:40:31 +00001344 if (!LeftStartingScope && !S->isDeclScope(*I))
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001345 LeftStartingScope = true;
1346
1347 // If we found something outside of our starting scope that
1348 // does not have linkage, skip it.
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001349 if (LeftStartingScope && !((*I)->hasLinkage())) {
1350 R.setShadowed();
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001351 continue;
Richard Smith1c34fb72013-08-13 18:18:50 +00001352 }
Douglas Gregoreddf4332009-02-24 20:03:32 +00001353 }
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001354 else if (NameKind == LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam &&
1355 !isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(*I))
1356 continue;
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001357
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00001358 R.addDecl(D);
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001359
Douglas Gregorb59643b2012-01-03 23:26:26 +00001360 // Check whether there are any other declarations with the same name
1361 // and in the same scope.
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001362 if (I != IEnd) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001363 // Find the scope in which this declaration was declared (if it
1364 // actually exists in a Scope).
1365 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(D))
1366 S = S->getParent();
1367
1368 // If the scope containing the declaration is the translation unit,
1369 // then we'll need to perform our checks based on the matching
1370 // DeclContexts rather than matching scopes.
1371 if (S && isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001372 S = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001373
1374 // Compute the DeclContext, if we need it.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001375 DeclContext *DC = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001376 if (!S)
1377 DC = (*I)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1378
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001379 IdentifierResolver::iterator LastI = I;
1380 for (++LastI; LastI != IEnd; ++LastI) {
Douglas Gregor81bd0382012-01-13 23:06:53 +00001381 if (S) {
1382 // Match based on scope.
1383 if (!S->isDeclScope(*LastI))
1384 break;
1385 } else {
1386 // Match based on DeclContext.
1387 DeclContext *LastDC
1388 = (*LastI)->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1389 if (!LastDC->Equals(DC))
1390 break;
1391 }
Richard Smith0e5d7b82013-07-25 23:08:39 +00001392
1393 // If the declaration is in the right namespace and visible, add it.
1394 if (NamedDecl *LastD = R.getAcceptableDecl(*LastI))
1395 R.addDecl(LastD);
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001396 }
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001397
Douglas Gregor9b7b3912012-01-04 16:44:10 +00001398 R.resolveKind();
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001399 }
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00001400
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001401 return true;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001402 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001403 } else {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001404 // Perform C++ unqualified name lookup.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001405 if (CppLookupName(R, S))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001406 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001407 }
1408
1409 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, and if the identifier
1410 // corresponds to a compiler builtin, create the decl object for the builtin
1411 // now, injecting it into translation unit scope, and return it.
Axel Naumann43dec142011-04-13 13:19:46 +00001412 if (AllowBuiltinCreation && LookupBuiltin(*this, R))
1413 return true;
Douglas Gregorb9063fc2009-02-13 23:20:09 +00001414
Axel Naumann016538a2011-02-24 16:47:47 +00001415 // If we didn't find a use of this identifier, the ExternalSource
1416 // may be able to handle the situation.
1417 // Note: some lookup failures are expected!
1418 // See e.g. R.isForRedeclaration().
1419 return (ExternalSource && ExternalSource->LookupUnqualified(R, S));
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001420}
1421
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001422/// @brief Perform qualified name lookup in the namespaces nominated by
1423/// using directives by the given context.
1424///
1425/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p2:
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001426/// Given X::m (where X is a user-declared namespace), or given \::m
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001427/// (where X is the global namespace), let S be the set of all
1428/// declarations of m in X and in the transitive closure of all
1429/// namespaces nominated by using-directives in X and its used
1430/// namespaces, except that using-directives are ignored in any
1431/// namespace, including X, directly containing one or more
1432/// declarations of m. No namespace is searched more than once in
1433/// the lookup of a name. If S is the empty set, the program is
1434/// ill-formed. Otherwise, if S has exactly one member, or if the
1435/// context of the reference is a using-declaration
1436/// (namespace.udecl), S is the required set of declarations of
1437/// m. Otherwise if the use of m is not one that allows a unique
1438/// declaration to be chosen from S, the program is ill-formed.
James Dennett51a8d8b2012-06-19 21:05:49 +00001439///
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001440/// C++98 [namespace.qual]p5:
1441/// During the lookup of a qualified namespace member name, if the
1442/// lookup finds more than one declaration of the member, and if one
1443/// declaration introduces a class name or enumeration name and the
1444/// other declarations either introduce the same object, the same
1445/// enumerator or a set of functions, the non-type name hides the
1446/// class or enumeration name if and only if the declarations are
1447/// from the same namespace; otherwise (the declarations are from
1448/// different namespaces), the program is ill-formed.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001449static bool LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(Sema &S, LookupResult &R,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001450 DeclContext *StartDC) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001451 assert(StartDC->isFileContext() && "start context is not a file context");
1452
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001453 DeclContext::udir_range UsingDirectives = StartDC->using_directives();
1454 if (UsingDirectives.begin() == UsingDirectives.end()) return false;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001455
1456 // We have at least added all these contexts to the queue.
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001457 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext*, 8> Visited;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001458 Visited.insert(StartDC);
1459
1460 // We have not yet looked into these namespaces, much less added
1461 // their "using-children" to the queue.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001462 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl*, 8> Queue;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001463
1464 // We have already looked into the initial namespace; seed the queue
1465 // with its using-children.
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001466 for (auto *I : UsingDirectives) {
1467 NamespaceDecl *ND = I->getNominatedNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001468 if (Visited.insert(ND))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001469 Queue.push_back(ND);
1470 }
1471
1472 // The easiest way to implement the restriction in [namespace.qual]p5
1473 // is to check whether any of the individual results found a tag
1474 // and, if so, to declare an ambiguity if the final result is not
1475 // a tag.
1476 bool FoundTag = false;
1477 bool FoundNonTag = false;
1478
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001479 LookupResult LocalR(LookupResult::Temporary, R);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001480
1481 bool Found = false;
1482 while (!Queue.empty()) {
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00001483 NamespaceDecl *ND = Queue.pop_back_val();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001484
1485 // We go through some convolutions here to avoid copying results
1486 // between LookupResults.
1487 bool UseLocal = !R.empty();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00001488 LookupResult &DirectR = UseLocal ? LocalR : R;
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001489 bool FoundDirect = LookupDirect(S, DirectR, ND);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001490
1491 if (FoundDirect) {
1492 // First do any local hiding.
1493 DirectR.resolveKind();
1494
1495 // If the local result is a tag, remember that.
1496 if (DirectR.isSingleTagDecl())
1497 FoundTag = true;
1498 else
1499 FoundNonTag = true;
1500
1501 // Append the local results to the total results if necessary.
1502 if (UseLocal) {
1503 R.addAllDecls(LocalR);
1504 LocalR.clear();
1505 }
1506 }
1507
1508 // If we find names in this namespace, ignore its using directives.
1509 if (FoundDirect) {
1510 Found = true;
1511 continue;
1512 }
1513
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00001514 for (auto I : ND->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00001515 NamespaceDecl *Nom = I->getNominatedNamespace();
Benjamin Kramer3adbe1c2012-02-23 16:06:01 +00001516 if (Visited.insert(Nom))
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001517 Queue.push_back(Nom);
1518 }
1519 }
1520
1521 if (Found) {
1522 if (FoundTag && FoundNonTag)
1523 R.setAmbiguousQualifiedTagHiding();
1524 else
1525 R.resolveKind();
1526 }
1527
1528 return Found;
1529}
1530
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001531/// \brief Callback that looks for any member of a class with the given name.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001532static bool LookupAnyMember(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001533 CXXBasePath &Path,
1534 void *Name) {
1535 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001536
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001537 DeclarationName N = DeclarationName::getFromOpaquePtr(Name);
1538 Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(N);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001539 return !Path.Decls.empty();
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001540}
1541
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001542/// \brief Determine whether the given set of member declarations contains only
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001543/// static members, nested types, and enumerators.
1544template<typename InputIterator>
1545static bool HasOnlyStaticMembers(InputIterator First, InputIterator Last) {
1546 Decl *D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
1547 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<TypeDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D))
1548 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001549
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001550 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1551 // Determine whether all of the methods are static.
1552 bool AllMethodsAreStatic = true;
1553 for(; First != Last; ++First) {
1554 D = (*First)->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001555
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001556 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1557 assert(isa<TagDecl>(D) && "Non-function must be a tag decl");
1558 break;
1559 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001560
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001561 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isStatic()) {
1562 AllMethodsAreStatic = false;
1563 break;
1564 }
1565 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001566
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001567 if (AllMethodsAreStatic)
1568 return true;
1569 }
1570
1571 return false;
1572}
1573
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001574/// \brief Perform qualified name lookup into a given context.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001575///
1576/// Qualified name lookup (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]) is used to find
1577/// names when the context of those names is explicit specified, e.g.,
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001578/// "std::vector" or "x->member", or as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001579///
1580/// Different lookup criteria can find different names. For example, a
1581/// particular scope can have both a struct and a function of the same
1582/// name, and each can be found by certain lookup criteria. For more
1583/// information about lookup criteria, see the documentation for the
1584/// class LookupCriteria.
1585///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001586/// \param R captures both the lookup criteria and any lookup results found.
1587///
1588/// \param LookupCtx The context in which qualified name lookup will
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001589/// search. If the lookup criteria permits, name lookup may also search
1590/// in the parent contexts or (for C++ classes) base classes.
1591///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001592/// \param InUnqualifiedLookup true if this is qualified name lookup that
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001593/// occurs as part of unqualified name lookup.
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001594///
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001595/// \returns true if lookup succeeded, false if it failed.
1596bool Sema::LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
1597 bool InUnqualifiedLookup) {
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001598 assert(LookupCtx && "Sema::LookupQualifiedName requires a lookup context");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001599
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001600 if (!R.getLookupName())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001601 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001602
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001603 // Make sure that the declaration context is complete.
1604 assert((!isa<TagDecl>(LookupCtx) ||
1605 LookupCtx->isDependentContext() ||
John McCallf937c022011-10-07 06:10:15 +00001606 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isCompleteDefinition() ||
Richard Smith7d137e32012-03-23 03:33:32 +00001607 cast<TagDecl>(LookupCtx)->isBeingDefined()) &&
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001608 "Declaration context must already be complete!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001609
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001610 // Perform qualified name lookup into the LookupCtx.
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001611 if (LookupDirect(*this, R, LookupCtx)) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001612 R.resolveKind();
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001613 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx))
1614 R.setNamingClass(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx));
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001615 return true;
1616 }
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001617
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001618 // Don't descend into implied contexts for redeclarations.
1619 // C++98 [namespace.qual]p6:
1620 // In a declaration for a namespace member in which the
1621 // declarator-id is a qualified-id, given that the qualified-id
1622 // for the namespace member has the form
1623 // nested-name-specifier unqualified-id
1624 // the unqualified-id shall name a member of the namespace
1625 // designated by the nested-name-specifier.
1626 // See also [class.mfct]p5 and [class.static.data]p2.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001627 if (R.isForRedeclaration())
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001628 return false;
1629
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001630 // If this is a namespace, look it up in the implied namespaces.
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001631 if (LookupCtx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregord3a59182010-02-12 05:48:04 +00001632 return LookupQualifiedNameInUsingDirectives(*this, R, LookupCtx);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001633
Douglas Gregorb7bfe792009-09-02 22:59:36 +00001634 // If this isn't a C++ class, we aren't allowed to look into base
Douglas Gregorcc2427c2009-09-11 22:57:37 +00001635 // classes, we're done.
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001636 CXXRecordDecl *LookupRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
Douglas Gregor5a5fcd82010-07-01 00:21:21 +00001637 if (!LookupRec || !LookupRec->getDefinition())
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001638 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001639
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001640 // If we're performing qualified name lookup into a dependent class,
1641 // then we are actually looking into a current instantiation. If we have any
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001642 // dependent base classes, then we either have to delay lookup until
Douglas Gregord0d2ee02010-01-15 01:44:47 +00001643 // template instantiation time (at which point all bases will be available)
1644 // or we have to fail.
1645 if (!InUnqualifiedLookup && LookupRec->isDependentContext() &&
1646 LookupRec->hasAnyDependentBases()) {
1647 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1648 return false;
1649 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001650
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001651 // Perform lookup into our base classes.
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001652 CXXBasePaths Paths;
1653 Paths.setOrigin(LookupRec);
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001654
1655 // Look for this member in our base classes
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00001656 CXXRecordDecl::BaseMatchesCallback *BaseCallback = nullptr;
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001657 switch (R.getLookupKind()) {
Fariborz Jahanian7f4427f2011-07-12 17:16:56 +00001658 case LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001659 case LookupOrdinaryName:
1660 case LookupMemberName:
1661 case LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage:
Richard Smith114394f2013-08-09 04:35:01 +00001662 case LookupLocalFriendName:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001663 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindOrdinaryMember;
1664 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001665
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001666 case LookupTagName:
1667 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindTagMember;
1668 break;
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001669
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00001670 case LookupAnyName:
1671 BaseCallback = &LookupAnyMember;
1672 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001673
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +00001674 case LookupUsingDeclName:
1675 // This lookup is for redeclarations only.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001676
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001677 case LookupOperatorName:
1678 case LookupNamespaceName:
1679 case LookupObjCProtocolName:
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00001680 case LookupLabel:
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001681 // These lookups will never find a member in a C++ class (or base class).
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001682 return false;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001683
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001684 case LookupNestedNameSpecifierName:
1685 BaseCallback = &CXXRecordDecl::FindNestedNameSpecifierMember;
1686 break;
1687 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001688
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001689 if (!LookupRec->lookupInBases(BaseCallback,
1690 R.getLookupName().getAsOpaquePtr(), Paths))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001691 return false;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001692
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001693 R.setNamingClass(LookupRec);
1694
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001695 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p2:
1696 // [...] If the resulting set of declarations are not all from
1697 // sub-objects of the same type, or the set has a nonstatic member
1698 // and includes members from distinct sub-objects, there is an
1699 // ambiguity and the program is ill-formed. Otherwise that set is
1700 // the result of the lookup.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001701 QualType SubobjectType;
Daniel Dunbar435bbe02009-01-15 18:32:35 +00001702 int SubobjectNumber = 0;
John McCalla332b952010-03-18 23:49:19 +00001703 AccessSpecifier SubobjectAccess = AS_none;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001704
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001705 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths.begin(), PathEnd = Paths.end();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001706 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001707 const CXXBasePathElement &PathElement = Path->back();
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001708
John McCall401982f2010-01-20 21:53:11 +00001709 // Pick the best (i.e. most permissive i.e. numerically lowest) access
1710 // across all paths.
1711 SubobjectAccess = std::min(SubobjectAccess, Path->Access);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001712
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001713 // Determine whether we're looking at a distinct sub-object or not.
1714 if (SubobjectType.isNull()) {
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001715 // This is the first subobject we've looked at. Record its type.
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001716 SubobjectType = Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType());
1717 SubobjectNumber = PathElement.SubobjectNumber;
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001718 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001719 }
1720
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001721 if (SubobjectType
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001722 != Context.getCanonicalType(PathElement.Base->getType())) {
1723 // We found members of the given name in two subobjects of
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001724 // different types. If the declaration sets aren't the same, this
Nikola Smiljanic1c125682014-07-09 05:42:35 +00001725 // lookup is ambiguous.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001726 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end())) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001727 CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator FirstPath = Paths.begin();
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001728 DeclContext::lookup_iterator FirstD = FirstPath->Decls.begin();
1729 DeclContext::lookup_iterator CurrentD = Path->Decls.begin();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001730
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001731 while (FirstD != FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1732 CurrentD != Path->Decls.end()) {
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001733 if ((*FirstD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
1734 (*CurrentD)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
1735 break;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001736
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001737 ++FirstD;
1738 ++CurrentD;
1739 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001740
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001741 if (FirstD == FirstPath->Decls.end() &&
1742 CurrentD == Path->Decls.end())
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001743 continue;
1744 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001745
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001746 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes(Paths);
1747 return true;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001748 }
1749
Douglas Gregorc0d24902010-10-22 22:08:47 +00001750 if (SubobjectNumber != PathElement.SubobjectNumber) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001751 // We have a different subobject of the same type.
1752
1753 // C++ [class.member.lookup]p5:
1754 // A static member, a nested type or an enumerator defined in
1755 // a base class T can unambiguously be found even if an object
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001756 // has more than one base class subobject of type T.
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001757 if (HasOnlyStaticMembers(Path->Decls.begin(), Path->Decls.end()))
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001758 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001759
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001760 // We have found a nonstatic member name in multiple, distinct
1761 // subobjects. Name lookup is ambiguous.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001762 R.setAmbiguousBaseSubobjects(Paths);
1763 return true;
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001764 }
1765 }
1766
1767 // Lookup in a base class succeeded; return these results.
1768
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00001769 for (auto *D : Paths.front().Decls) {
John McCall553c0792010-01-23 00:46:32 +00001770 AccessSpecifier AS = CXXRecordDecl::MergeAccess(SubobjectAccess,
1771 D->getAccess());
1772 R.addDecl(D, AS);
1773 }
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001774 R.resolveKind();
1775 return true;
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001776}
1777
1778/// @brief Performs name lookup for a name that was parsed in the
1779/// source code, and may contain a C++ scope specifier.
1780///
1781/// This routine is a convenience routine meant to be called from
1782/// contexts that receive a name and an optional C++ scope specifier
1783/// (e.g., "N::M::x"). It will then perform either qualified or
1784/// unqualified name lookup (with LookupQualifiedName or LookupName,
1785/// respectively) on the given name and return those results.
1786///
1787/// @param S The scope from which unqualified name lookup will
1788/// begin.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001789///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001790/// @param SS An optional C++ scope-specifier, e.g., "::N::M".
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001791///
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001792/// @param EnteringContext Indicates whether we are going to enter the
1793/// context of the scope-specifier SS (if present).
1794///
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001795/// @returns True if any decls were found (but possibly ambiguous)
Jeffrey Yasskinc76498d2010-04-08 16:38:48 +00001796bool Sema::LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001797 bool AllowBuiltinCreation, bool EnteringContext) {
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001798 if (SS && SS->isInvalid()) {
1799 // When the scope specifier is invalid, don't even look for
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001800 // anything.
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001801 return false;
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001802 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001803
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001804 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
1805 if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001806 // We have resolved the scope specifier to a particular declaration
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001807 // contex, and will perform name lookup in that context.
John McCall0b66eb32010-05-01 00:40:08 +00001808 if (!DC->isDependentContext() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, DC))
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001809 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001810
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001811 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001812 return LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001813 }
Douglas Gregorc9f9b862009-05-11 19:58:34 +00001814
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001815 // We could not resolve the scope specified to a specific declaration
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001816 // context, which means that SS refers to an unknown specialization.
Douglas Gregore861bac2009-08-25 22:51:20 +00001817 // Name lookup can't find anything in this case.
Douglas Gregor89ab56d2011-10-24 22:24:50 +00001818 R.setNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation();
1819 R.setContextRange(SS->getRange());
John McCall9f3059a2009-10-09 21:13:30 +00001820 return false;
Douglas Gregored8f2882009-01-30 01:04:22 +00001821 }
1822
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823 // Perform unqualified name lookup starting in the given scope.
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001824 return LookupName(R, S, AllowBuiltinCreation);
Douglas Gregor34074322009-01-14 22:20:51 +00001825}
1826
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001827
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001828/// \brief Produce a diagnostic describing the ambiguity that resulted
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001829/// from name lookup.
1830///
James Dennett41725122012-06-22 10:16:05 +00001831/// \param Result The result of the ambiguous lookup to be diagnosed.
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001832void Sema::DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001833 assert(Result.isAmbiguous() && "Lookup result must be ambiguous");
1834
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00001835 DeclarationName Name = Result.getLookupName();
1836 SourceLocation NameLoc = Result.getNameLoc();
1837 SourceRange LookupRange = Result.getContextRange();
1838
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001839 switch (Result.getAmbiguityKind()) {
1840 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjects: {
1841 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
1842 QualType SubobjectType = Paths->front().back().Base->getType();
1843 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobjects)
1844 << Name << SubobjectType << getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(*Paths)
1845 << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001846
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001847 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Found = Paths->front().Decls.begin();
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001848 while (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found) &&
1849 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Found)->isStatic())
1850 ++Found;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001851
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001852 Diag((*Found)->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001853 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001854 }
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001855
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001856 case LookupResult::AmbiguousBaseSubobjectTypes: {
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001857 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_member_multiple_subobject_types)
1858 << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001859
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001860 CXXBasePaths *Paths = Result.getBasePaths();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001861 std::set<Decl *> DeclsPrinted;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001862 for (CXXBasePaths::paths_iterator Path = Paths->begin(),
1863 PathEnd = Paths->end();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001864 Path != PathEnd; ++Path) {
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00001865 Decl *D = Path->Decls.front();
Douglas Gregor889ceb72009-02-03 19:21:40 +00001866 if (DeclsPrinted.insert(D).second)
1867 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_member_found);
1868 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001869 break;
Douglas Gregor1c846b02009-01-16 00:38:09 +00001870 }
1871
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001872 case LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding: {
1873 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_tag_hiding) << Name << LookupRange;
Douglas Gregorf23311d2009-01-17 01:13:24 +00001874
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001875 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl*,8> TagDecls;
1876
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00001877 for (auto *D : Result)
1878 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) {
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001879 TagDecls.insert(TD);
1880 Diag(TD->getLocation(), diag::note_hidden_tag);
1881 }
1882
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00001883 for (auto *D : Result)
1884 if (!isa<TagDecl>(D))
1885 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_hiding_object);
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001886
1887 // For recovery purposes, go ahead and implement the hiding.
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00001888 LookupResult::Filter F = Result.makeFilter();
1889 while (F.hasNext()) {
1890 if (TagDecls.count(F.next()))
1891 F.erase();
1892 }
1893 F.done();
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001894 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001895 }
1896
1897 case LookupResult::AmbiguousReference: {
1898 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_reference) << Name << LookupRange;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001899
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00001900 for (auto *D : Result)
1901 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_ambiguous_candidate) << D;
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001902 break;
John McCall6538c932009-10-10 05:48:19 +00001903 }
Serge Pavlov99292092013-08-29 07:23:24 +00001904 }
Douglas Gregor960b5bc2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00001905}
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001906
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001907namespace {
1908 struct AssociatedLookup {
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001909 AssociatedLookup(Sema &S, SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001910 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1911 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes)
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001912 : S(S), Namespaces(Namespaces), Classes(Classes),
1913 InstantiationLoc(InstantiationLoc) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001914 }
1915
1916 Sema &S;
1917 Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces;
1918 Sema::AssociatedClassSet &Classes;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00001919 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc;
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001920 };
1921}
1922
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001923static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001924addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType T);
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001925
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001926static void CollectEnclosingNamespace(Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet &Namespaces,
1927 DeclContext *Ctx) {
1928 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
1929
1930 // We don't use DeclContext::getEnclosingNamespaceContext() as this may
1931 // be a locally scoped record.
1932
Sebastian Redlbd595762010-08-31 20:53:31 +00001933 // We skip out of inline namespaces. The innermost non-inline namespace
1934 // contains all names of all its nested inline namespaces anyway, so we can
1935 // replace the entire inline namespace tree with its root.
1936 while (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isTransparentContext() ||
1937 Ctx->isInlineNamespace())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001938 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
1939
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001940 if (Ctx->isFileContext())
Douglas Gregor8b895222010-04-30 07:08:38 +00001941 Namespaces.insert(Ctx->getPrimaryContext());
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00001942}
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001943
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001944// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for argument-dependent
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001945// lookup that involves a template argument (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001947addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
1948 const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001949 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2, last bullet:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001950 // -- [...] ;
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001951 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
1952 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1953 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001954
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001955 case TemplateArgument::Type:
1956 // [...] the namespaces and classes associated with the types of the
1957 // template arguments provided for template type parameters (excluding
1958 // template template parameters)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001959 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg.getAsType());
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001960 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001961
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001962 case TemplateArgument::Template:
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001963 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964 // [...] the namespaces in which any template template arguments are
1965 // defined; and the classes in which any member templates used as
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001966 // template template arguments are defined.
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00001967 TemplateName Template = Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001968 if (ClassTemplateDecl *ClassTemplate
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001969 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001970 DeclContext *Ctx = ClassTemplate->getDeclContext();
1971 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001972 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001973 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001974 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001975 }
1976 break;
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001977 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00001978
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00001979 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001980 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
1981 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Eli Friedmanb826a002012-09-26 02:36:12 +00001982 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001983 // [Note: non-type template arguments do not contribute to the set of
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001984 // associated namespaces. ]
1985 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001986
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001987 case TemplateArgument::Pack:
Aaron Ballman2a89e852014-07-15 21:32:31 +00001988 for (const auto &P : Arg.pack_elements())
1989 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, P);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00001990 break;
1991 }
1992}
1993
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00001994// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of class type
1996// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
1997static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00001998addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result,
1999 CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
2000
2001 // Just silently ignore anything whose name is __va_list_tag.
2002 if (Class->getDeclName() == Result.S.VAListTagName)
2003 return;
2004
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002005 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2006 // [...]
2007 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2008 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2009 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2010 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002011 // which its associated classes are defined.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002012
2013 // Add the class of which it is a member, if any.
2014 DeclContext *Ctx = Class->getDeclContext();
2015 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002016 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002017 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002018 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002019
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002020 // Add the class itself. If we've already seen this class, we don't
2021 // need to visit base classes.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002022 //
2023 // FIXME: That's not correct, we may have added this class only because it
2024 // was the enclosing class of another class, and in that case we won't have
2025 // added its base classes yet.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002026 if (!Result.Classes.insert(Class))
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002027 return;
2028
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002029 // -- If T is a template-id, its associated namespaces and classes are
2030 // the namespace in which the template is defined; for member
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002031 // templates, the member template's class; the namespaces and classes
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002032 // associated with the types of the template arguments provided for
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002033 // template type parameters (excluding template template parameters); the
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002034 // namespaces in which any template template arguments are defined; and
2035 // the classes in which any member templates used as template template
2036 // arguments are defined. [Note: non-type template arguments do not
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002037 // contribute to the set of associated namespaces. ]
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002038 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002039 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Class)) {
2040 DeclContext *Ctx = Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getDeclContext();
2041 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002042 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002043 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002044 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002045
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002046 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
2047 for (unsigned I = 0, N = TemplateArgs.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002048 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, TemplateArgs[I]);
Douglas Gregor197e5f72009-07-08 07:51:57 +00002049 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002050
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002051 // Only recurse into base classes for complete types.
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002052 if (!Class->hasDefinition())
2053 return;
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002054
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002055 // Add direct and indirect base classes along with their associated
2056 // namespaces.
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002057 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 32> Bases;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002058 Bases.push_back(Class);
2059 while (!Bases.empty()) {
2060 // Pop this class off the stack.
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002061 Class = Bases.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002062
2063 // Visit the base classes.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002064 for (const auto &Base : Class->bases()) {
2065 const RecordType *BaseType = Base.getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redlc45c03c2009-10-25 09:35:33 +00002066 // In dependent contexts, we do ADL twice, and the first time around,
2067 // the base type might be a dependent TemplateSpecializationType, or a
2068 // TemplateTypeParmType. If that happens, simply ignore it.
2069 // FIXME: If we want to support export, we probably need to add the
2070 // namespace of the template in a TemplateSpecializationType, or even
2071 // the classes and namespaces of known non-dependent arguments.
2072 if (!BaseType)
2073 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002074 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseType->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002075 if (Result.Classes.insert(BaseDecl)) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002076 // Find the associated namespace for this base class.
2077 DeclContext *BaseCtx = BaseDecl->getDeclContext();
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002078 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, BaseCtx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002079
2080 // Make sure we visit the bases of this base class.
2081 if (BaseDecl->bases_begin() != BaseDecl->bases_end())
2082 Bases.push_back(BaseDecl);
2083 }
2084 }
2085 }
2086}
2087
2088// \brief Add the associated classes and namespaces for
2089// argument-dependent lookup with an argument of type T
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002090// (C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2).
2091static void
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002092addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(AssociatedLookup &Result, QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002093 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2094 //
2095 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2096 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2097 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2098 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2099 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
2100 // argument). Typedef names and using-declarations used to specify
2101 // the types do not contribute to this set. The sets of namespaces
2102 // and classes are determined in the following way:
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002103
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00002104 SmallVector<const Type *, 16> Queue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002105 const Type *T = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr();
2106
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002107 while (true) {
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002108 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
2109
2110#define TYPE(Class, Base)
2111#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2112#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2113#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
2114#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
2115#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
2116 // T is canonical. We can also ignore dependent types because
2117 // we don't need to do ADL at the definition point, but if we
2118 // wanted to implement template export (or if we find some other
2119 // use for associated classes and namespaces...) this would be
2120 // wrong.
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002121 break;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002122
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002123 // -- If T is a pointer to U or an array of U, its associated
2124 // namespaces and classes are those associated with U.
2125 case Type::Pointer:
2126 T = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2127 continue;
2128 case Type::ConstantArray:
2129 case Type::IncompleteArray:
2130 case Type::VariableArray:
2131 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
2132 continue;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002133
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002134 // -- If T is a fundamental type, its associated sets of
2135 // namespaces and classes are both empty.
2136 case Type::Builtin:
2137 break;
2138
2139 // -- If T is a class type (including unions), its associated
2140 // classes are: the class itself; the class of which it is a
2141 // member, if any; and its direct and indirect base
2142 // classes. Its associated namespaces are the namespaces in
2143 // which its associated classes are defined.
2144 case Type::Record: {
Richard Smith594461f2014-03-14 22:07:27 +00002145 Result.S.RequireCompleteType(Result.InstantiationLoc, QualType(T, 0),
2146 /*no diagnostic*/ 0);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002147 CXXRecordDecl *Class
2148 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(cast<RecordType>(T)->getDecl());
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002149 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Class);
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002150 break;
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00002151 }
Douglas Gregorfe60c142010-05-20 02:26:51 +00002152
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002153 // -- If T is an enumeration type, its associated namespace is
2154 // the namespace in which it is defined. If it is class
NAKAMURA Takumi7c288862011-01-27 07:09:49 +00002155 // member, its associated class is the member's class; else
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002156 // it has no associated class.
2157 case Type::Enum: {
2158 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002159
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002160 DeclContext *Ctx = Enum->getDeclContext();
2161 if (CXXRecordDecl *EnclosingClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002162 Result.Classes.insert(EnclosingClass);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002163
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002164 // Add the associated namespace for this class.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002165 CollectEnclosingNamespace(Result.Namespaces, Ctx);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002166
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002167 break;
2168 }
2169
2170 // -- If T is a function type, its associated namespaces and
2171 // classes are those associated with the function parameter
2172 // types and those associated with the return type.
2173 case Type::FunctionProto: {
2174 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
Aaron Ballman40bd0aa2014-03-17 15:23:01 +00002175 for (const auto &Arg : Proto->param_types())
2176 Queue.push_back(Arg.getTypePtr());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002177 // fallthrough
2178 }
2179 case Type::FunctionNoProto: {
2180 const FunctionType *FnType = cast<FunctionType>(T);
Alp Toker314cc812014-01-25 16:55:45 +00002181 T = FnType->getReturnType().getTypePtr();
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002182 continue;
2183 }
2184
2185 // -- If T is a pointer to a member function of a class X, its
2186 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2187 // with the function parameter types and return type,
2188 // together with those associated with X.
2189 //
2190 // -- If T is a pointer to a data member of class X, its
2191 // associated namespaces and classes are those associated
2192 // with the member type together with those associated with
2193 // X.
2194 case Type::MemberPointer: {
2195 const MemberPointerType *MemberPtr = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
2196
2197 // Queue up the class type into which this points.
2198 Queue.push_back(MemberPtr->getClass());
2199
2200 // And directly continue with the pointee type.
2201 T = MemberPtr->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2202 continue;
2203 }
2204
2205 // As an extension, treat this like a normal pointer.
2206 case Type::BlockPointer:
2207 T = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2208 continue;
2209
2210 // References aren't covered by the standard, but that's such an
2211 // obvious defect that we cover them anyway.
2212 case Type::LValueReference:
2213 case Type::RValueReference:
2214 T = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
2215 continue;
2216
2217 // These are fundamental types.
2218 case Type::Vector:
2219 case Type::ExtVector:
2220 case Type::Complex:
2221 break;
2222
Richard Smith27d807c2013-04-30 13:56:41 +00002223 // Non-deduced auto types only get here for error cases.
2224 case Type::Auto:
2225 break;
2226
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002227 // If T is an Objective-C object or interface type, or a pointer to an
2228 // object or interface type, the associated namespace is the global
2229 // namespace.
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002230 case Type::ObjCObject:
2231 case Type::ObjCInterface:
2232 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Douglas Gregor8e936662011-04-12 01:02:45 +00002233 Result.Namespaces.insert(Result.S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002234 break;
Eli Friedman0dfb8892011-10-06 23:00:33 +00002235
2236 // Atomic types are just wrappers; use the associations of the
2237 // contained type.
2238 case Type::Atomic:
2239 T = cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType().getTypePtr();
2240 continue;
John McCall0af3d3b2010-05-28 06:08:54 +00002241 }
2242
Robert Wilhelm25284cc2013-08-23 16:11:15 +00002243 if (Queue.empty())
2244 break;
2245 T = Queue.pop_back_val();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002246 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002247}
2248
2249/// \brief Find the associated classes and namespaces for
2250/// argument-dependent lookup for a call with the given set of
2251/// arguments.
2252///
2253/// This routine computes the sets of associated classes and associated
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002254/// namespaces searched by argument-dependent lookup
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002255/// (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]) for a given set of arguments.
Robert Wilhelm16e94b92013-08-09 18:02:13 +00002256void Sema::FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(
2257 SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2258 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2259 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002260 AssociatedNamespaces.clear();
2261 AssociatedClasses.clear();
2262
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002263 AssociatedLookup Result(*this, InstantiationLoc,
2264 AssociatedNamespaces, AssociatedClasses);
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002265
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002266 // C++ [basic.lookup.koenig]p2:
2267 // For each argument type T in the function call, there is a set
2268 // of zero or more associated namespaces and a set of zero or more
2269 // associated classes to be considered. The sets of namespaces and
2270 // classes is determined entirely by the types of the function
2271 // arguments (and the namespace of any template template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002272 // argument).
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002273 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002274 Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx];
2275
2276 if (Arg->getType() != Context.OverloadTy) {
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002277 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, Arg->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002278 continue;
2279 }
2280
2281 // [...] In addition, if the argument is the name or address of a
2282 // set of overloaded functions and/or function templates, its
2283 // associated classes and namespaces are the union of those
2284 // associated with each of the members of the set: the namespace
2285 // in which the function or function template is defined and the
2286 // classes and namespaces associated with its (non-dependent)
2287 // parameter types and return type.
Douglas Gregorbe759252009-07-08 10:57:20 +00002288 Arg = Arg->IgnoreParens();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002289 if (UnaryOperator *unaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
John McCalle3027922010-08-25 11:45:40 +00002290 if (unaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002291 Arg = unaryOp->getSubExpr();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002292
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002293 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Arg);
2294 if (!ULE) continue;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00002295
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002296 for (const auto *D : ULE->decls()) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00002297 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002298 const FunctionDecl *FDecl = D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction();
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002299
2300 // Add the classes and namespaces associated with the parameter
2301 // types and return type of this function.
John McCallf24d7bb2010-05-28 18:45:08 +00002302 addAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Result, FDecl->getType());
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002303 }
2304 }
2305}
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002306
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002307NamedDecl *Sema::LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002308 SourceLocation Loc,
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002309 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2310 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002311 LookupResult R(*this, Name, Loc, NameKind, Redecl);
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002312 LookupName(R, S);
John McCall67c00872009-12-02 08:25:40 +00002313 return R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +00002314}
2315
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002316/// \brief Find the protocol with the given name, if any.
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002317ObjCProtocolDecl *Sema::LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002318 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2319 RedeclarationKind Redecl) {
Douglas Gregorb2ccf012010-04-15 22:33:43 +00002320 Decl *D = LookupSingleName(TUScope, II, IdLoc,
Douglas Gregor32c17572012-01-01 20:30:41 +00002321 LookupObjCProtocolName, Redecl);
Douglas Gregorde9f17e2009-04-23 23:18:26 +00002322 return cast_or_null<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D);
2323}
2324
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002325void Sema::LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002326 QualType T1, QualType T2,
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002327 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002328 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2329 // -- The set of non-member candidates is the result of the
2330 // unqualified lookup of operator@ in the context of the
2331 // expression according to the usual rules for name lookup in
2332 // unqualified function calls (3.4.2) except that all member
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002333 // functions are ignored.
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002334 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002335 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, SourceLocation(), LookupOperatorName);
2336 LookupName(Operators, S);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002337
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002338 assert(!Operators.isAmbiguous() && "Operator lookup cannot be ambiguous");
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002339 Functions.append(Operators.begin(), Operators.end());
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002340}
2341
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002342Sema::SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Sema::LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002343 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2344 bool ConstArg,
2345 bool VolatileArg,
2346 bool RValueThis,
2347 bool ConstThis,
2348 bool VolatileThis) {
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002349 assert(CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(RD) &&
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002350 "doing special member lookup into record that isn't fully complete");
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002351 RD = RD->getDefinition();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002352 if (RValueThis || ConstThis || VolatileThis)
2353 assert((SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment) &&
2354 "constructors and destructors always have unqualified lvalue this");
2355 if (ConstArg || VolatileArg)
2356 assert((SM != CXXDefaultConstructor && SM != CXXDestructor) &&
2357 "parameter-less special members can't have qualified arguments");
2358
2359 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002360 ID.AddPointer(RD);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002361 ID.AddInteger(SM);
2362 ID.AddInteger(ConstArg);
2363 ID.AddInteger(VolatileArg);
2364 ID.AddInteger(RValueThis);
2365 ID.AddInteger(ConstThis);
2366 ID.AddInteger(VolatileThis);
2367
2368 void *InsertPoint;
2369 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2370 SpecialMemberCache.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPoint);
2371
2372 // This was already cached
2373 if (Result)
2374 return Result;
2375
Alexis Huntba8e18d2011-06-07 00:11:58 +00002376 Result = BumpAlloc.Allocate<SpecialMemberOverloadResult>();
2377 Result = new (Result) SpecialMemberOverloadResult(ID);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002378 SpecialMemberCache.InsertNode(Result, InsertPoint);
2379
2380 if (SM == CXXDestructor) {
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002381 if (RD->needsImplicitDestructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002382 DeclareImplicitDestructor(RD);
2383 CXXDestructorDecl *DD = RD->getDestructor();
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002384 assert(DD && "record without a destructor");
2385 Result->setMethod(DD);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002386 Result->setKind(DD->isDeleted() ?
2387 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted :
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002388 SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002389 return Result;
2390 }
2391
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002392 // Prepare for overload resolution. Here we construct a synthetic argument
2393 // if necessary and make sure that implicit functions are declared.
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002394 CanQualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTagDeclType(RD));
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002395 DeclarationName Name;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002396 Expr *Arg = nullptr;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002397 unsigned NumArgs;
2398
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002399 QualType ArgType = CanTy;
2400 ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
2401
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002402 if (SM == CXXDefaultConstructor) {
2403 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
2404 NumArgs = 0;
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002405 if (RD->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
2406 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002407 } else {
2408 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXMoveConstructor) {
2409 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(CanTy);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002410 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002411 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002412 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002413 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002414 } else {
2415 Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Equal);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002416 if (RD->needsImplicitCopyAssignment())
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002417 DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(RD);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002418 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && RD->needsImplicitMoveAssignment())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002419 DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(RD);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002420 }
2421
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002422 if (ConstArg)
2423 ArgType.addConst();
2424 if (VolatileArg)
2425 ArgType.addVolatile();
2426
2427 // This isn't /really/ specified by the standard, but it's implied
2428 // we should be working from an RValue in the case of move to ensure
2429 // that we prefer to bind to rvalue references, and an LValue in the
2430 // case of copy to ensure we don't bind to rvalue references.
2431 // Possibly an XValue is actually correct in the case of move, but
2432 // there is no semantic difference for class types in this restricted
2433 // case.
Alexis Hunt46d1ce22011-06-22 22:13:13 +00002434 if (SM == CXXCopyConstructor || SM == CXXCopyAssignment)
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002435 VK = VK_LValue;
2436 else
2437 VK = VK_RValue;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002438 }
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002439
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002440 OpaqueValueExpr FakeArg(SourceLocation(), ArgType, VK);
2441
2442 if (SM != CXXDefaultConstructor) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002443 NumArgs = 1;
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002444 Arg = &FakeArg;
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002445 }
2446
2447 // Create the object argument
2448 QualType ThisTy = CanTy;
2449 if (ConstThis)
2450 ThisTy.addConst();
2451 if (VolatileThis)
2452 ThisTy.addVolatile();
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002453 Expr::Classification Classification =
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002454 OpaqueValueExpr(SourceLocation(), ThisTy,
2455 RValueThis ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue).Classify(Context);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002456
2457 // Now we perform lookup on the name we computed earlier and do overload
2458 // resolution. Lookup is only performed directly into the class since there
2459 // will always be a (possibly implicit) declaration to shadow any others.
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002460 OverloadCandidateSet OCS(RD->getLocation(), OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002461 DeclContext::lookup_result R = RD->lookup(Name);
David Blaikieff7d47a2012-12-19 00:45:41 +00002462 assert(!R.empty() &&
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002463 "lookup for a constructor or assignment operator was empty");
Chandler Carruth7deaae72013-08-18 07:20:52 +00002464
2465 // Copy the candidates as our processing of them may load new declarations
2466 // from an external source and invalidate lookup_result.
2467 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> Candidates(R.begin(), R.end());
2468
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002469 for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002470 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002471 continue;
2472
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002473 if (UsingShadowDecl *U = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Cand)) {
2474 // FIXME: [namespace.udecl]p15 says that we should only consider a
2475 // using declaration here if it does not match a declaration in the
2476 // derived class. We do not implement this correctly in other cases
2477 // either.
2478 Cand = U->getTargetDecl();
2479
2480 if (Cand->isInvalidDecl())
2481 continue;
2482 }
2483
2484 if (CXXMethodDecl *M = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002485 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002486 AddMethodCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public), RD, ThisTy,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002487 Classification, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
2488 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002489 else
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002490 AddOverloadCandidate(M, DeclAccessPair::make(M, AS_public),
2491 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs), OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt2949f022011-06-22 02:58:46 +00002492 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Tmpl =
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002493 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Cand)) {
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002494 if (SM == CXXCopyAssignment || SM == CXXMoveAssignment)
2495 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002496 RD, nullptr, ThisTy, Classification,
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002497 llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Alexis Hunt080709f2011-06-23 00:26:20 +00002498 OCS, true);
2499 else
2500 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Tmpl, DeclAccessPair::make(Tmpl, AS_public),
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002501 nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(&Arg, NumArgs),
Ahmed Charlesb24b9aa2012-02-25 11:00:22 +00002502 OCS, true);
Alexis Hunt1da39282011-06-24 02:11:39 +00002503 } else {
2504 assert(isa<UsingDecl>(Cand) && "illegal Kind of operator = Decl");
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002505 }
2506 }
2507
2508 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2509 switch (OCS.BestViableFunction(*this, SourceLocation(), Best)) {
2510 case OR_Success:
2511 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002512 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Success);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002513 break;
2514
2515 case OR_Deleted:
2516 Result->setMethod(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function));
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002517 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002518 break;
2519
2520 case OR_Ambiguous:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002521 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002522 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::Ambiguous);
2523 break;
2524
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002525 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002526 Result->setMethod(nullptr);
Richard Smith852265f2012-03-30 20:53:28 +00002527 Result->setKind(SpecialMemberOverloadResult::NoMemberOrDeleted);
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002528 break;
2529 }
2530
2531 return Result;
2532}
2533
2534/// \brief Look up the default constructor for the given class.
2535CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002536 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002537 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDefaultConstructor, false, false, false,
2538 false, false);
2539
2540 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002541}
2542
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002543/// \brief Look up the copying constructor for the given class.
2544CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002545 unsigned Quals) {
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002546 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2547 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy ctor arg");
2548 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2549 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2550 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
2551
Alexis Hunt899bd442011-06-10 04:44:37 +00002552 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2553}
2554
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002555/// \brief Look up the moving constructor for the given class.
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002556CXXConstructorDecl *Sema::LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2557 unsigned Quals) {
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002558 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002559 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveConstructor, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2560 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, false, false, false);
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002561
2562 return cast_or_null<CXXConstructorDecl>(Result->getMethod());
2563}
2564
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002565/// \brief Look up the constructors for the given class.
2566DeclContext::lookup_result Sema::LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunteef8ee02011-06-10 03:50:41 +00002567 // If the implicit constructors have not yet been declared, do so now.
Richard Smith7d125a12012-11-27 21:20:31 +00002568 if (CanDeclareSpecialMemberFunction(Class)) {
Alexis Huntea6f0322011-05-11 22:34:38 +00002569 if (Class->needsImplicitDefaultConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002570 DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2be35f52012-12-01 02:35:44 +00002571 if (Class->needsImplicitCopyConstructor())
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002572 DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(Class);
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00002573 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Class->needsImplicitMoveConstructor())
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002574 DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(Class);
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +00002575 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002576
Douglas Gregor52b72822010-07-02 23:12:18 +00002577 CanQualType T = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(Class));
2578 DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(T);
2579 return Class->lookup(Name);
2580}
2581
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002582/// \brief Look up the copying assignment operator for the given class.
2583CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2584 unsigned Quals, bool RValueThis,
Richard Smith83c478d2012-04-20 18:46:14 +00002585 unsigned ThisQuals) {
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002586 assert(!(Quals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2587 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment arg");
2588 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2589 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2590 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
2591 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXCopyAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2592 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
2593 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2594 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2595
Alexis Hunt491ec602011-06-21 23:42:56 +00002596 return Result->getMethod();
2597}
2598
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002599/// \brief Look up the moving assignment operator for the given class.
2600CXXMethodDecl *Sema::LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002601 unsigned Quals,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002602 bool RValueThis,
2603 unsigned ThisQuals) {
2604 assert(!(ThisQuals & ~(Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile)) &&
2605 "non-const, non-volatile qualifiers for copy assignment this");
2606 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *Result =
Richard Smith1c6461e2012-07-18 03:36:00 +00002607 LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXMoveAssignment, Quals & Qualifiers::Const,
2608 Quals & Qualifiers::Volatile, RValueThis,
Sebastian Redl22653ba2011-08-30 19:58:05 +00002609 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Const,
2610 ThisQuals & Qualifiers::Volatile);
2611
2612 return Result->getMethod();
2613}
2614
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002615/// \brief Look for the destructor of the given class.
2616///
Alexis Hunt967ea7c2011-06-03 21:10:40 +00002617/// During semantic analysis, this routine should be used in lieu of
2618/// CXXRecordDecl::getDestructor().
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002619///
2620/// \returns The destructor for this class.
2621CXXDestructorDecl *Sema::LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class) {
Alexis Hunt4ac55e32011-06-04 04:32:43 +00002622 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(LookupSpecialMember(Class, CXXDestructor,
2623 false, false, false,
2624 false, false)->getMethod());
Douglas Gregore71edda2010-07-01 22:47:18 +00002625}
2626
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002627/// LookupLiteralOperator - Determine which literal operator should be used for
2628/// a user-defined literal, per C++11 [lex.ext].
2629///
2630/// Normal overload resolution is not used to select which literal operator to
2631/// call for a user-defined literal. Look up the provided literal operator name,
2632/// and filter the results to the appropriate set for the given argument types.
2633Sema::LiteralOperatorLookupResult
2634Sema::LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2635 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002636 bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate,
2637 bool AllowStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002638 LookupName(R, S);
2639 assert(R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Ambiguous &&
2640 "literal operator lookup can't be ambiguous");
2641
2642 // Filter the lookup results appropriately.
2643 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
2644
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002645 bool FoundRaw = false;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002646 bool FoundTemplate = false;
2647 bool FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002648 bool FoundExactMatch = false;
2649
2650 while (F.hasNext()) {
2651 Decl *D = F.next();
2652 if (UsingShadowDecl *USD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2653 D = USD->getTargetDecl();
2654
Douglas Gregorc1970572013-04-10 05:18:00 +00002655 // If the declaration we found is invalid, skip it.
2656 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
2657 F.erase();
2658 continue;
2659 }
2660
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002661 bool IsRaw = false;
2662 bool IsTemplate = false;
2663 bool IsStringTemplate = false;
2664 bool IsExactMatch = false;
2665
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002666 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2667 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
2668 FD->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<PointerType>())
2669 IsRaw = true;
Richard Smith550de452013-01-15 07:12:59 +00002670 else if (FD->getNumParams() == ArgTys.size()) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002671 IsExactMatch = true;
2672 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != ArgTys.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
2673 QualType ParamTy = FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)->getType();
2674 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ArgTys[ArgIdx], ParamTy)) {
2675 IsExactMatch = false;
2676 break;
2677 }
2678 }
2679 }
2680 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002681 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2682 TemplateParameterList *Params = FD->getTemplateParameters();
2683 if (Params->size() == 1)
2684 IsTemplate = true;
2685 else
2686 IsStringTemplate = true;
2687 }
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002688
2689 if (IsExactMatch) {
2690 FoundExactMatch = true;
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002691 AllowRaw = false;
2692 AllowTemplate = false;
2693 AllowStringTemplate = false;
2694 if (FoundRaw || FoundTemplate || FoundStringTemplate) {
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002695 // Go through again and remove the raw and template decls we've
2696 // already found.
2697 F.restart();
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002698 FoundRaw = FoundTemplate = FoundStringTemplate = false;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002699 }
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002700 } else if (AllowRaw && IsRaw) {
2701 FoundRaw = true;
2702 } else if (AllowTemplate && IsTemplate) {
2703 FoundTemplate = true;
2704 } else if (AllowStringTemplate && IsStringTemplate) {
2705 FoundStringTemplate = true;
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002706 } else {
2707 F.erase();
2708 }
2709 }
2710
2711 F.done();
2712
2713 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: If S contains a literal operator with a matching
2714 // parameter type, that is used in preference to a raw literal operator
2715 // or literal operator template.
2716 if (FoundExactMatch)
2717 return LOLR_Cooked;
2718
2719 // C++11 [lex.ext]p3, p4: S shall contain a raw literal operator or a literal
2720 // operator template, but not both.
2721 if (FoundRaw && FoundTemplate) {
2722 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002723 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
2724 NoteOverloadCandidate((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getAsFunction());
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002725 return LOLR_Error;
2726 }
2727
2728 if (FoundRaw)
2729 return LOLR_Raw;
2730
2731 if (FoundTemplate)
2732 return LOLR_Template;
2733
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002734 if (FoundStringTemplate)
2735 return LOLR_StringTemplate;
2736
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002737 // Didn't find anything we could use.
2738 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_literal_operator)
2739 << R.getLookupName() << (int)ArgTys.size() << ArgTys[0]
Richard Smithb8b41d32013-10-07 19:57:58 +00002740 << (ArgTys.size() == 2 ? ArgTys[1] : QualType()) << AllowRaw
2741 << (AllowTemplate || AllowStringTemplate);
Richard Smithbcc22fc2012-03-09 08:00:36 +00002742 return LOLR_Error;
2743}
2744
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002745void ADLResult::insert(NamedDecl *New) {
2746 NamedDecl *&Old = Decls[cast<NamedDecl>(New->getCanonicalDecl())];
2747
2748 // If we haven't yet seen a decl for this key, or the last decl
2749 // was exactly this one, we're done.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002750 if (Old == nullptr || Old == New) {
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002751 Old = New;
2752 return;
2753 }
2754
2755 // Otherwise, decide which is a more recent redeclaration.
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002756 FunctionDecl *OldFD = Old->getAsFunction();
2757 FunctionDecl *NewFD = New->getAsFunction();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002758
2759 FunctionDecl *Cursor = NewFD;
2760 while (true) {
Douglas Gregorec9fd132012-01-14 16:38:05 +00002761 Cursor = Cursor->getPreviousDecl();
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002762
2763 // If we got to the end without finding OldFD, OldFD is the newer
2764 // declaration; leave things as they are.
2765 if (!Cursor) return;
2766
2767 // If we do find OldFD, then NewFD is newer.
2768 if (Cursor == OldFD) break;
2769
2770 // Otherwise, keep looking.
2771 }
2772
2773 Old = New;
2774}
2775
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002776void Sema::ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2777 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Result) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002778 // Find all of the associated namespaces and classes based on the
2779 // arguments we have.
2780 AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
2781 AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
John McCall7d8b0412012-08-24 20:38:34 +00002782 FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(Loc, Args,
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002783 AssociatedNamespaces,
2784 AssociatedClasses);
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002785
2786 // C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002787 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
2788 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
2789 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains [...] then Y is
2790 // empty. Otherwise Y is the set of declarations found in the
2791 // namespaces associated with the argument types as described
2792 // below. The set of declarations found by the lookup of the name
2793 // is the union of X and Y.
2794 //
2795 // Here, we compute Y and add its members to the overloaded
2796 // candidate set.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002797 for (auto *NS : AssociatedNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002798 // When considering an associated namespace, the lookup is the
2799 // same as the lookup performed when the associated namespace is
2800 // used as a qualifier (3.4.3.2) except that:
2801 //
2802 // -- Any using-directives in the associated namespace are
2803 // ignored.
2804 //
John McCallc7e8e792009-08-07 22:18:02 +00002805 // -- Any namespace-scope friend functions declared in
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002806 // associated classes are visible within their respective
2807 // namespaces even if they are not visible during an ordinary
2808 // lookup (11.4).
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002809 DeclContext::lookup_result R = NS->lookup(Name);
2810 for (auto *D : R) {
John McCallaa74a0c2009-08-28 07:59:38 +00002811 // If the only declaration here is an ordinary friend, consider
2812 // it only if it was declared in an associated classes.
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00002813 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_Ordinary) == 0) {
2814 // If it's neither ordinarily visible nor a friend, we can't find it.
2815 if ((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_OrdinaryFriend) == 0)
2816 continue;
2817
Richard Smith64017682013-07-17 23:53:16 +00002818 bool DeclaredInAssociatedClass = false;
2819 for (Decl *DI = D; DI; DI = DI->getPreviousDecl()) {
2820 DeclContext *LexDC = DI->getLexicalDeclContext();
2821 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC) &&
2822 AssociatedClasses.count(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(LexDC))) {
2823 DeclaredInAssociatedClass = true;
2824 break;
2825 }
2826 }
2827 if (!DeclaredInAssociatedClass)
John McCalld1e9d832009-08-11 06:59:38 +00002828 continue;
2829 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002830
John McCall91f61fc2010-01-26 06:04:06 +00002831 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
2832 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
John McCall4c4c1df2010-01-26 03:27:55 +00002833
Richard Smith100b24a2014-04-17 01:52:14 +00002834 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
John McCall8fe68082010-01-26 07:16:45 +00002835 continue;
2836
2837 Result.insert(D);
Douglas Gregor6127ca42009-06-23 20:14:09 +00002838 }
2839 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00002840}
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002841
2842//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2843// Search for all visible declarations.
2844//----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2845VisibleDeclConsumer::~VisibleDeclConsumer() { }
2846
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00002847bool VisibleDeclConsumer::includeHiddenDecls() const { return false; }
2848
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002849namespace {
2850
2851class ShadowContextRAII;
2852
2853class VisibleDeclsRecord {
2854public:
2855 /// \brief An entry in the shadow map, which is optimized to store a
2856 /// single declaration (the common case) but can also store a list
2857 /// of declarations.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002858 typedef llvm::TinyPtrVector<NamedDecl*> ShadowMapEntry;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002859
2860private:
2861 /// \brief A mapping from declaration names to the declarations that have
2862 /// this name within a particular scope.
2863 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, ShadowMapEntry> ShadowMap;
2864
2865 /// \brief A list of shadow maps, which is used to model name hiding.
2866 std::list<ShadowMap> ShadowMaps;
2867
2868 /// \brief The declaration contexts we have already visited.
2869 llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 8> VisitedContexts;
2870
2871 friend class ShadowContextRAII;
2872
2873public:
2874 /// \brief Determine whether we have already visited this context
2875 /// (and, if not, note that we are going to visit that context now).
2876 bool visitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2877 return !VisitedContexts.insert(Ctx);
2878 }
2879
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00002880 bool alreadyVisitedContext(DeclContext *Ctx) {
2881 return VisitedContexts.count(Ctx);
2882 }
2883
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002884 /// \brief Determine whether the given declaration is hidden in the
2885 /// current scope.
2886 ///
2887 /// \returns the declaration that hides the given declaration, or
2888 /// NULL if no such declaration exists.
2889 NamedDecl *checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND);
2890
2891 /// \brief Add a declaration to the current shadow map.
Chris Lattner83cfc7c2011-07-18 01:54:02 +00002892 void add(NamedDecl *ND) {
2893 ShadowMaps.back()[ND->getDeclName()].push_back(ND);
2894 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002895};
2896
2897/// \brief RAII object that records when we've entered a shadow context.
2898class ShadowContextRAII {
2899 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible;
2900
2901 typedef VisibleDeclsRecord::ShadowMap ShadowMap;
2902
2903public:
2904 ShadowContextRAII(VisibleDeclsRecord &Visible) : Visible(Visible) {
2905 Visible.ShadowMaps.push_back(ShadowMap());
2906 }
2907
2908 ~ShadowContextRAII() {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002909 Visible.ShadowMaps.pop_back();
2910 }
2911};
2912
2913} // end anonymous namespace
2914
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002915NamedDecl *VisibleDeclsRecord::checkHidden(NamedDecl *ND) {
Douglas Gregor0235c422010-01-14 00:06:47 +00002916 // Look through using declarations.
2917 ND = ND->getUnderlyingDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002918
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002919 unsigned IDNS = ND->getIdentifierNamespace();
2920 std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SM = ShadowMaps.rbegin();
2921 for (std::list<ShadowMap>::reverse_iterator SMEnd = ShadowMaps.rend();
2922 SM != SMEnd; ++SM) {
2923 ShadowMap::iterator Pos = SM->find(ND->getDeclName());
2924 if (Pos == SM->end())
2925 continue;
2926
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002927 for (auto *D : Pos->second) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002928 // A tag declaration does not hide a non-tag declaration.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002929 if (D->hasTagIdentifierNamespace() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002930 (IDNS & (Decl::IDNS_Member | Decl::IDNS_Ordinary |
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002931 Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)))
2932 continue;
2933
2934 // Protocols are in distinct namespaces from everything else.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002935 if (((D->getIdentifierNamespace() & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002936 || (IDNS & Decl::IDNS_ObjCProtocol)) &&
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002937 D->getIdentifierNamespace() != IDNS)
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002938 continue;
2939
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00002940 // Functions and function templates in the same scope overload
2941 // rather than hide. FIXME: Look for hiding based on function
2942 // signatures!
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002943 if (D->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Alp Tokera2794f92014-01-22 07:29:52 +00002944 ND->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00002945 SM == ShadowMaps.rbegin())
Douglas Gregor200c99d2010-01-14 03:35:48 +00002946 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002947
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002948 // We've found a declaration that hides this one.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00002949 return D;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002950 }
2951 }
2952
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00002953 return nullptr;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002954}
2955
2956static void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupResult &Result,
2957 bool QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00002958 bool InBaseClass,
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002959 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2960 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
Douglas Gregor0c8a1722010-02-04 23:42:48 +00002961 if (!Ctx)
2962 return;
2963
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002964 // Make sure we don't visit the same context twice.
2965 if (Visited.visitedContext(Ctx->getPrimaryContext()))
2966 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002967
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +00002968 if (CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
2969 Result.getSema().ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(Class);
2970
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002971 // Enumerate all of the results in this context.
Aaron Ballman576114e2014-03-14 15:28:49 +00002972 for (const auto &R : Ctx->lookups()) {
2973 for (auto *I : R) {
2974 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(I)) {
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00002975 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00002976 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), Ctx, InBaseClass);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002977 Visited.add(ND);
2978 }
Douglas Gregora3b23b02010-12-09 21:44:02 +00002979 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002980 }
2981 }
2982
2983 // Traverse using directives for qualified name lookup.
2984 if (QualifiedNameLookup) {
2985 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman804a7fb2014-03-17 17:14:12 +00002986 for (auto I : Ctx->using_directives()) {
Aaron Ballman63ab7602014-03-07 13:44:44 +00002987 LookupVisibleDecls(I->getNominatedNamespace(), Result,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00002988 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002989 }
2990 }
2991
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00002992 // Traverse the contexts of inherited C++ classes.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00002993 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) {
John McCall67da35c2010-02-04 22:26:26 +00002994 if (!Record->hasDefinition())
2995 return;
2996
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002997 for (const auto &B : Record->bases()) {
2998 QualType BaseType = B.getType();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00002999
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003000 // Don't look into dependent bases, because name lookup can't look
3001 // there anyway.
3002 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
3003 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003004
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003005 const RecordType *Record = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>();
3006 if (!Record)
3007 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003008
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003009 // FIXME: It would be nice to be able to determine whether referencing
3010 // a particular member would be ambiguous. For example, given
3011 //
3012 // struct A { int member; };
3013 // struct B { int member; };
3014 // struct C : A, B { };
3015 //
3016 // void f(C *c) { c->### }
3017 //
3018 // accessing 'member' would result in an ambiguity. However, we
3019 // could be smart enough to qualify the member with the base
3020 // class, e.g.,
3021 //
3022 // c->B::member
3023 //
3024 // or
3025 //
3026 // c->A::member
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003027
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003028 // Find results in this base class (and its bases).
3029 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3030 LookupVisibleDecls(Record->getDecl(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003031 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003032 }
3033 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003034
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003035 // Traverse the contexts of Objective-C classes.
3036 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Ctx)) {
3037 // Traverse categories.
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003038 for (auto *Cat : IFace->visible_categories()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003039 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman3fe486a2014-03-13 21:23:55 +00003040 LookupVisibleDecls(Cat, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003041 Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003042 }
3043
3044 // Traverse protocols.
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003045 for (auto *I : IFace->all_referenced_protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003046 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballmana9f49e32014-03-13 20:55:22 +00003047 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003048 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003049 }
3050
3051 // Traverse the superclass.
3052 if (IFace->getSuperClass()) {
3053 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3054 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getSuperClass(), Result, QualifiedNameLookup,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003055 true, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003056 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003057
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003058 // If there is an implementation, traverse it. We do this to find
3059 // synthesized ivars.
3060 if (IFace->getImplementation()) {
3061 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003062 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace->getImplementation(), Result,
Nick Lewycky13668f22012-04-03 20:26:45 +00003063 QualifiedNameLookup, InBaseClass, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003064 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003065 } else if (ObjCProtocolDecl *Protocol = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003066 for (auto *I : Protocol->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003067 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman0f6e64d2014-03-13 22:58:06 +00003068 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003069 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003070 }
3071 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *Category = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(Ctx)) {
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003072 for (auto *I : Category->protocols()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003073 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
Aaron Ballman19a41762014-03-14 12:55:57 +00003074 LookupVisibleDecls(I, Result, QualifiedNameLookup, false, Consumer,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003075 Visited);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003076 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003077
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003078 // If there is an implementation, traverse it.
3079 if (Category->getImplementation()) {
3080 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003081 LookupVisibleDecls(Category->getImplementation(), Result,
Douglas Gregor0b59e802010-04-19 18:02:19 +00003082 QualifiedNameLookup, true, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003083 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003084 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003085}
3086
3087static void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupResult &Result,
3088 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet &UDirs,
3089 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3090 VisibleDeclsRecord &Visited) {
3091 if (!S)
3092 return;
3093
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003094 if (!S->getEntity() ||
3095 (!S->getParent() &&
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003096 !Visited.alreadyVisitedContext(S->getEntity())) ||
3097 (S->getEntity())->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
Richard Smith541b38b2013-09-20 01:15:31 +00003098 FindLocalExternScope FindLocals(Result);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003099 // Walk through the declarations in this Scope.
Aaron Ballman35c54952014-03-17 16:55:25 +00003100 for (auto *D : S->decls()) {
3101 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor4a814562011-12-14 16:03:29 +00003102 if ((ND = Result.getAcceptableDecl(ND))) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003103 Consumer.FoundDecl(ND, Visited.checkHidden(ND), nullptr, false);
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003104 Visited.add(ND);
3105 }
3106 }
3107 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003108
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003109 // FIXME: C++ [temp.local]p8
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003110 DeclContext *Entity = nullptr;
Douglas Gregor4f248632010-01-01 17:44:25 +00003111 if (S->getEntity()) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003112 // Look into this scope's declaration context, along with any of its
3113 // parent lookup contexts (e.g., enclosing classes), up to the point
3114 // where we hit the context stored in the next outer scope.
Ted Kremenekc37877d2013-10-08 17:08:03 +00003115 Entity = S->getEntity();
Douglas Gregor66230062010-03-15 14:33:29 +00003116 DeclContext *OuterCtx = findOuterContext(S).first; // FIXME
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003117
Douglas Gregorea166062010-03-15 15:26:48 +00003118 for (DeclContext *Ctx = Entity; Ctx && !Ctx->Equals(OuterCtx);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003119 Ctx = Ctx->getLookupParent()) {
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003120 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Ctx)) {
3121 if (Method->isInstanceMethod()) {
3122 // For instance methods, look for ivars in the method's interface.
3123 LookupResult IvarResult(Result.getSema(), Result.getLookupName(),
3124 Result.getNameLoc(), Sema::LookupMemberName);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003125 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = Method->getClassInterface()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003126 LookupVisibleDecls(IFace, IvarResult, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003127 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor05fcf842010-11-02 20:36:02 +00003128 }
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00003129 }
3130
3131 // We've already performed all of the name lookup that we need
3132 // to for Objective-C methods; the next context will be the
3133 // outer scope.
3134 break;
3135 }
3136
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003137 if (Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
3138 continue;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003139
3140 LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003141 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003142 }
3143 } else if (!S->getParent()) {
3144 // Look into the translation unit scope. We walk through the translation
3145 // unit's declaration context, because the Scope itself won't have all of
3146 // the declarations if we loaded a precompiled header.
3147 // FIXME: We would like the translation unit's Scope object to point to the
3148 // translation unit, so we don't need this special "if" branch. However,
3149 // doing so would force the normal C++ name-lookup code to look into the
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003150 // translation unit decl when the IdentifierInfo chains would suffice.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003151 // Once we fix that problem (which is part of a more general "don't look
Douglas Gregor712dcfe2010-01-07 00:31:29 +00003152 // in DeclContexts unless we have to" optimization), we can eliminate this.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003153 Entity = Result.getSema().Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003154 LookupVisibleDecls(Entity, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003155 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003156 }
3157
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003158 if (Entity) {
3159 // Lookup visible declarations in any namespaces found by using
3160 // directives.
3161 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet::const_iterator UI, UEnd;
Benjamin Kramer867ea1d2014-03-02 13:01:17 +00003162 std::tie(UI, UEnd) = UDirs.getNamespacesFor(Entity);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003163 for (; UI != UEnd; ++UI)
3164 LookupVisibleDecls(const_cast<DeclContext *>(UI->getNominatedNamespace()),
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003165 Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/false,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003166 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003167 }
3168
3169 // Lookup names in the parent scope.
3170 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3171 LookupVisibleDecls(S->getParent(), Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3172}
3173
3174void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003175 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3176 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003177 // Determine the set of using directives available during
3178 // unqualified name lookup.
3179 Scope *Initial = S;
3180 UnqualUsingDirectiveSet UDirs;
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003181 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003182 // Find the first namespace or translation-unit scope.
3183 while (S && !isNamespaceOrTranslationUnitScope(S))
3184 S = S->getParent();
3185
3186 UDirs.visitScopeChain(Initial, S);
3187 }
3188 UDirs.done();
3189
3190 // Look for visible declarations.
3191 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003192 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003193 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003194 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3195 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003196 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
3197 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Initial, Result, UDirs, Consumer, Visited);
3198}
3199
3200void Sema::LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003201 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
3202 bool IncludeGlobalScope) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003203 LookupResult Result(*this, DeclarationName(), SourceLocation(), Kind);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003204 Result.setAllowHidden(Consumer.includeHiddenDecls());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003205 VisibleDeclsRecord Visited;
Douglas Gregor39982192010-08-15 06:18:01 +00003206 if (!IncludeGlobalScope)
3207 Visited.visitedContext(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003208 ShadowContextRAII Shadow(Visited);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003209 ::LookupVisibleDecls(Ctx, Result, /*QualifiedNameLookup=*/true,
Douglas Gregor09bbc652010-01-14 15:47:35 +00003210 /*InBaseClass=*/false, Consumer, Visited);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003211}
3212
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003213/// LookupOrCreateLabel - Do a name lookup of a label with the specified name.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003214/// If GnuLabelLoc is a valid source location, then this is a definition
3215/// of an __label__ label name, otherwise it is a normal label definition
3216/// or use.
Chris Lattner43e7f312011-02-18 02:08:43 +00003217LabelDecl *Sema::LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation Loc,
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003218 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003219 // Do a lookup to see if we have a label with this name already.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003220 NamedDecl *Res = nullptr;
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003221
3222 if (GnuLabelLoc.isValid()) {
3223 // Local label definitions always shadow existing labels.
3224 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II, GnuLabelLoc);
3225 Scope *S = CurScope;
3226 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
3227 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3228 }
3229
3230 // Not a GNU local label.
3231 Res = LookupSingleName(CurScope, II, Loc, LookupLabel, NotForRedeclaration);
3232 // If we found a label, check to see if it is in the same context as us.
3233 // When in a Block, we don't want to reuse a label in an enclosing function.
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003234 if (Res && Res->getDeclContext() != CurContext)
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003235 Res = nullptr;
3236 if (!Res) {
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003237 // If not forward referenced or defined already, create the backing decl.
Abramo Bagnara1c3af962011-03-05 18:21:20 +00003238 Res = LabelDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, Loc, II);
3239 Scope *S = CurScope->getFnParent();
Chris Lattner9ba479b2011-02-18 21:16:39 +00003240 assert(S && "Not in a function?");
3241 PushOnScopeChains(Res, S, true);
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003242 }
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003243 return cast<LabelDecl>(Res);
3244}
3245
3246//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003247// Typo correction
Chris Lattnerebb5c6c2011-02-18 01:27:55 +00003248//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003249
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003250static bool isCandidateViable(CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3251 TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3252 Candidate.setCallbackDistance(CCC.RankCandidate(Candidate));
3253 return Candidate.getEditDistance(false) != TypoCorrection::InvalidDistance;
3254}
3255
3256static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3257 LookupResult &Res,
3258 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3259 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3260 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3261 bool EnteringContext,
3262 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3263 bool FindHidden);
3264
3265// Fill the supplied vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for each piece of
3266// the given NestedNameSpecifier (i.e. given a NestedNameSpecifier "foo::bar::",
3267// fill the vector with the IdentifierInfo pointers for "foo" and "bar").
3268static void getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(
3269 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3270 SmallVectorImpl<const IdentifierInfo*> &Identifiers) {
3271 if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())
3272 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(Prefix, Identifiers);
3273 else
3274 Identifiers.clear();
3275
3276 const IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
3277
3278 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3279 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3280 II = NNS->getAsIdentifier();
3281 break;
3282
3283 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3284 if (NNS->getAsNamespace()->isAnonymousNamespace())
3285 return;
3286 II = NNS->getAsNamespace()->getIdentifier();
3287 break;
3288
3289 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3290 II = NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getIdentifier();
3291 break;
3292
3293 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
3294 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3295 II = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0).getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3296 break;
3297
3298 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3299 return;
3300 }
3301
3302 if (II)
3303 Identifiers.push_back(II);
3304}
3305
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003306namespace {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003307
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003308static const unsigned MaxTypoDistanceResultSets = 5;
3309
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003310class TypoCorrectionConsumer : public VisibleDeclConsumer {
Kaelyn Takata9e2931e2014-06-11 18:07:03 +00003311 typedef SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 1> TypoResultList;
3312 typedef llvm::StringMap<TypoResultList> TypoResultsMap;
3313 typedef std::map<unsigned, TypoResultsMap> TypoEditDistanceMap;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003314
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003315public:
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003316 explicit TypoCorrectionConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3317 const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
3318 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
3319 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3320 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3321 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3322 bool EnteringContext)
3323 : Typo(TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo()), SemaRef(SemaRef), S(S),
3324 SS(SS), CorrectionValidator(CCC), MemberContext(MemberContext),
3325 Result(SemaRef, TypoName, LookupKind),
3326 Namespaces(SemaRef.Context, SemaRef.CurContext, SS),
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003327 EnteringContext(EnteringContext), SearchNamespaces(false) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003328 Result.suppressDiagnostics();
3329 }
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003330
Craig Toppere14c0f82014-03-12 04:55:44 +00003331 bool includeHiddenDecls() const override { return true; }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003332
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003333 // Methods for adding potential corrections to the consumer.
Craig Toppere14c0f82014-03-12 04:55:44 +00003334 void FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding, DeclContext *Ctx,
3335 bool InBaseClass) override;
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003336 void FoundName(StringRef Name);
3337 void addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003338 void addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003339
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003340 bool empty() const { return CorrectionResults.empty(); }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003341
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003342 /// \brief Return the list of TypoCorrections for the given identifier from
3343 /// the set of corrections that have the closest edit distance, if any.
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003344 TypoResultList &operator[](StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003345 return CorrectionResults.begin()->second[Name];
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00003346 }
3347
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003348 /// \brief Return the edit distance of the corrections that have the
3349 /// closest/best edit distance from the original typop.
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003350 unsigned getBestEditDistance(bool Normalized) {
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003351 if (CorrectionResults.empty())
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003352 return (std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max)();
3353
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003354 unsigned BestED = CorrectionResults.begin()->first;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00003355 return Normalized ? TypoCorrection::NormalizeEditDistance(BestED) : BestED;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003356 }
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003357
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003358 /// \brief Set-up method to add to the consumer the set of namespaces to use
3359 /// in performing corrections to nested name specifiers. This method also
3360 /// implicitly adds all of the known classes in the current AST context to the
3361 /// to the consumer for correcting nested name specifiers.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003362 void
3363 addNamespaces(const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces);
3364
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003365 /// \brief Return the next typo correction that passes all internal filters
3366 /// and is deemed valid by the consumer's CorrectionCandidateCallback,
3367 /// starting with the corrections that have the closest edit distance. An
3368 /// empty TypoCorrection is returned once no more viable corrections remain
3369 /// in the consumer.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003370 TypoCorrection getNextCorrection();
3371
3372private:
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003373 class NamespaceSpecifierSet {
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00003374 struct SpecifierInfo {
3375 DeclContext* DeclCtx;
3376 NestedNameSpecifier* NameSpecifier;
3377 unsigned EditDistance;
3378 };
3379
3380 typedef SmallVector<DeclContext*, 4> DeclContextList;
3381 typedef SmallVector<SpecifierInfo, 16> SpecifierInfoList;
3382
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003383 ASTContext &Context;
3384 DeclContextList CurContextChain;
3385 std::string CurNameSpecifier;
3386 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurContextIdentifiers;
3387 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3388 bool isSorted;
3389
3390 SpecifierInfoList Specifiers;
3391 llvm::SmallSetVector<unsigned, 4> Distances;
3392 llvm::DenseMap<unsigned, SpecifierInfoList> DistanceMap;
3393
3394 /// \brief Helper for building the list of DeclContexts between the current
3395 /// context and the top of the translation unit
3396 static DeclContextList buildContextChain(DeclContext *Start);
3397
3398 void sortNamespaces();
3399
3400 unsigned buildNestedNameSpecifier(DeclContextList &DeclChain,
3401 NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS);
3402
3403 public:
3404 NamespaceSpecifierSet(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext,
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003405 CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec);
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003406
3407 /// \brief Add the DeclContext (a namespace or record) to the set, computing
3408 /// the corresponding NestedNameSpecifier and its distance in the process.
3409 void addNameSpecifier(DeclContext *Ctx);
3410
3411 typedef SpecifierInfoList::iterator iterator;
3412 iterator begin() {
3413 if (!isSorted) sortNamespaces();
3414 return Specifiers.begin();
3415 }
3416 iterator end() { return Specifiers.end(); }
3417 };
3418
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003419 void addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3420 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr, bool isKeyword = false);
3421
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003422 /// \brief Find any visible decls for the given typo correction candidate.
3423 /// If none are found, it to the set of candidates for which qualified lookups
3424 /// will be performed to find possible nested name specifier changes.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003425 bool resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate);
3426
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003427 /// \brief Perform qualified lookups on the queued set of typo correction
3428 /// candidates and add the nested name specifier changes to each candidate if
3429 /// a lookup succeeds (at which point the candidate will be returned to the
3430 /// main pool of potential corrections).
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003431 void performQualifiedLookups();
Kaelyn Takata9e2931e2014-06-11 18:07:03 +00003432
3433 /// \brief The name written that is a typo in the source.
3434 IdentifierInfo *Typo;
3435
3436 /// \brief The results found that have the smallest edit distance
3437 /// found (so far) with the typo name.
3438 ///
3439 /// The pointer value being set to the current DeclContext indicates
3440 /// whether there is a keyword with this name.
3441 TypoEditDistanceMap CorrectionResults;
3442
3443 Sema &SemaRef;
3444 Scope *S;
3445 CXXScopeSpec *SS;
3446 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CorrectionValidator;
3447 DeclContext *MemberContext;
3448 LookupResult Result;
3449 NamespaceSpecifierSet Namespaces;
3450 SmallVector<TypoCorrection, 2> QualifiedResults;
3451 bool EnteringContext;
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003452 bool SearchNamespaces;
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003453};
3454
3455}
3456
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003457void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundDecl(NamedDecl *ND, NamedDecl *Hiding,
Erik Verbruggen2e657ff2011-10-06 07:27:49 +00003458 DeclContext *Ctx, bool InBaseClass) {
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003459 // Don't consider hidden names for typo correction.
3460 if (Hiding)
3461 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003462
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00003463 // Only consider entities with identifiers for names, ignoring
3464 // special names (constructors, overloaded operators, selectors,
3465 // etc.).
3466 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
3467 if (!Name)
3468 return;
3469
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003470 // Only consider visible declarations and declarations from modules with
3471 // names that exactly match.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003472 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, ND) && Name != Typo &&
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003473 !findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, ND))
3474 return;
3475
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00003476 FoundName(Name->getName());
3477}
3478
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003479void TypoCorrectionConsumer::FoundName(StringRef Name) {
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003480 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and the name of this
3481 // entity, and add the identifier to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003482 addName(Name, nullptr);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003483}
3484
3485void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addKeywordResult(StringRef Keyword) {
3486 // Compute the edit distance between the typo and this keyword,
3487 // and add the keyword to the list of results.
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003488 addName(Keyword, nullptr, nullptr, true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003489}
3490
3491void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addName(StringRef Name, NamedDecl *ND,
3492 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, bool isKeyword) {
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003493 // Use a simple length-based heuristic to determine the minimum possible
3494 // edit distance. If the minimum isn't good enough, bail out early.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003495 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
3496 unsigned MinED = abs((int)Name.size() - (int)TypoStr.size());
3497 if (MinED && TypoStr.size() / MinED < 3)
Douglas Gregor93910a52010-10-19 19:39:10 +00003498 return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003499
Douglas Gregorc1fb15e2010-10-19 22:14:33 +00003500 // Compute an upper bound on the allowable edit distance, so that the
3501 // edit-distance algorithm can short-circuit.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003502 unsigned UpperBound = (TypoStr.size() + 2) / 3 + 1;
3503 unsigned ED = TypoStr.edit_distance(Name, true, UpperBound);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003504 if (ED >= UpperBound) return;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003505
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003506 TypoCorrection TC(&SemaRef.Context.Idents.get(Name), ND, NNS, ED);
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00003507 if (isKeyword) TC.makeKeyword();
3508 addCorrection(TC);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003509}
3510
3511void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addCorrection(TypoCorrection Correction) {
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003512 StringRef TypoStr = Typo->getName();
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003513 StringRef Name = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo()->getName();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003514
3515 // For very short typos, ignore potential corrections that have a different
3516 // base identifier from the typo or which have a normalized edit distance
3517 // longer than the typo itself.
3518 if (TypoStr.size() < 3 &&
3519 (Name != TypoStr || Correction.getEditDistance(true) > TypoStr.size()))
3520 return;
3521
3522 // If the correction is resolved but is not viable, ignore it.
3523 if (Correction.isResolved() &&
3524 !isCandidateViable(CorrectionValidator, Correction))
3525 return;
3526
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003527 TypoResultList &CList =
3528 CorrectionResults[Correction.getEditDistance(false)][Name];
Chandler Carruth7d85c9b2011-06-28 22:48:40 +00003529
Kaelyn Uhrainba896f12012-06-01 18:11:16 +00003530 if (!CList.empty() && !CList.back().isResolved())
3531 CList.pop_back();
3532 if (NamedDecl *NewND = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) {
3533 std::string CorrectionStr = Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3534 for (TypoResultList::iterator RI = CList.begin(), RIEnd = CList.end();
3535 RI != RIEnd; ++RI) {
3536 // If the Correction refers to a decl already in the result list,
3537 // replace the existing result if the string representation of Correction
3538 // comes before the current result alphabetically, then stop as there is
3539 // nothing more to be done to add Correction to the candidate set.
3540 if (RI->getCorrectionDecl() == NewND) {
3541 if (CorrectionStr < RI->getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()))
3542 *RI = Correction;
3543 return;
3544 }
3545 }
3546 }
3547 if (CList.empty() || Correction.isResolved())
3548 CList.push_back(Correction);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003549
Kaelyn Uhrain34fab552012-05-31 23:32:58 +00003550 while (CorrectionResults.size() > MaxTypoDistanceResultSets)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00003551 CorrectionResults.erase(std::prev(CorrectionResults.end()));
3552}
3553
3554void TypoCorrectionConsumer::addNamespaces(
3555 const llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl *, bool> &KnownNamespaces) {
3556 SearchNamespaces = true;
3557
3558 for (auto KNPair : KnownNamespaces)
3559 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(KNPair.first);
3560
3561 bool SSIsTemplate = false;
3562 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3563 (SS && SS->isValid()) ? SS->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3564 if (const Type *T = NNS->getAsType())
3565 SSIsTemplate = T->getTypeClass() == Type::TemplateSpecialization;
3566 }
3567 for (const auto *TI : SemaRef.getASTContext().types()) {
3568 if (CXXRecordDecl *CD = TI->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
3569 CD = CD->getCanonicalDecl();
3570 if (!CD->isDependentType() && !CD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3571 !CD->isUnion() && CD->getIdentifier() &&
3572 (SSIsTemplate || !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CD)) &&
3573 (CD->isBeingDefined() || CD->isCompleteDefinition()))
3574 Namespaces.addNameSpecifier(CD);
3575 }
3576 }
3577}
3578
3579TypoCorrection TypoCorrectionConsumer::getNextCorrection() {
3580 while (!CorrectionResults.empty()) {
3581 auto DI = CorrectionResults.begin();
3582 if (DI->second.empty()) {
3583 CorrectionResults.erase(DI);
3584 continue;
3585 }
3586
3587 auto RI = DI->second.begin();
3588 if (RI->second.empty()) {
3589 DI->second.erase(RI);
3590 performQualifiedLookups();
3591 continue;
3592 }
3593
3594 TypoCorrection TC = RI->second.pop_back_val();
3595 if (TC.isResolved() || resolveCorrection(TC))
3596 return TC;
3597 }
3598 return TypoCorrection();
3599}
3600
3601bool TypoCorrectionConsumer::resolveCorrection(TypoCorrection &Candidate) {
3602 IdentifierInfo *Name = Candidate.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
3603 DeclContext *TempMemberContext = MemberContext;
3604 CXXScopeSpec *TempSS = SS;
3605retry_lookup:
3606 LookupPotentialTypoResult(SemaRef, Result, Name, S, TempSS, TempMemberContext,
3607 EnteringContext,
3608 CorrectionValidator.IsObjCIvarLookup,
3609 Name == Typo && !Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier());
3610 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3611 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3612 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3613 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3614 if (TempSS) {
3615 // Immediately retry the lookup without the given CXXScopeSpec
3616 TempSS = nullptr;
3617 Candidate.WillReplaceSpecifier(true);
3618 goto retry_lookup;
3619 }
3620 if (TempMemberContext) {
3621 if (SS && !TempSS)
3622 TempSS = SS;
3623 TempMemberContext = nullptr;
3624 goto retry_lookup;
3625 }
3626 if (SearchNamespaces)
3627 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3628 break;
3629
3630 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3631 // We don't deal with ambiguities.
3632 break;
3633
3634 case LookupResult::Found:
3635 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
3636 // Store all of the Decls for overloaded symbols
3637 for (auto *TRD : Result)
3638 Candidate.addCorrectionDecl(TRD);
3639 if (!isCandidateViable(CorrectionValidator, Candidate)) {
3640 if (SearchNamespaces)
3641 QualifiedResults.push_back(Candidate);
3642 break;
3643 }
3644 return true;
3645 }
3646 return false;
3647}
3648
3649void TypoCorrectionConsumer::performQualifiedLookups() {
3650 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
3651 for (auto QR : QualifiedResults) {
3652 for (auto NSI : Namespaces) {
3653 DeclContext *Ctx = NSI.DeclCtx;
3654 const Type *NSType = NSI.NameSpecifier->getAsType();
3655
3656 // If the current NestedNameSpecifier refers to a class and the
3657 // current correction candidate is the name of that class, then skip
3658 // it as it is unlikely a qualified version of the class' constructor
3659 // is an appropriate correction.
3660 if (CXXRecordDecl *NSDecl = NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : 0) {
3661 if (NSDecl->getIdentifier() == QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo())
3662 continue;
3663 }
3664
3665 TypoCorrection TC(QR);
3666 TC.ClearCorrectionDecls();
3667 TC.setCorrectionSpecifier(NSI.NameSpecifier);
3668 TC.setQualifierDistance(NSI.EditDistance);
3669 TC.setCallbackDistance(0); // Reset the callback distance
3670
3671 // If the current correction candidate and namespace combination are
3672 // too far away from the original typo based on the normalized edit
3673 // distance, then skip performing a qualified name lookup.
3674 unsigned TmpED = TC.getEditDistance(true);
3675 if (QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo() != Typo && TmpED &&
3676 TypoLen / TmpED < 3)
3677 continue;
3678
3679 Result.clear();
3680 Result.setLookupName(QR.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo());
3681 if (!SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Result, Ctx))
3682 continue;
3683
3684 // Any corrections added below will be validated in subsequent
3685 // iterations of the main while() loop over the Consumer's contents.
3686 switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
3687 case LookupResult::Found:
3688 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: {
3689 if (SS && SS->isValid()) {
3690 std::string NewQualified = TC.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
3691 std::string OldQualified;
3692 llvm::raw_string_ostream OldOStream(OldQualified);
3693 SS->getScopeRep()->print(OldOStream, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());
3694 OldOStream << Typo->getName();
3695 // If correction candidate would be an identical written qualified
3696 // identifer, then the existing CXXScopeSpec probably included a
3697 // typedef that didn't get accounted for properly.
3698 if (OldOStream.str() == NewQualified)
3699 break;
3700 }
3701 for (LookupResult::iterator TRD = Result.begin(), TRDEnd = Result.end();
3702 TRD != TRDEnd; ++TRD) {
3703 if (SemaRef.CheckMemberAccess(TC.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
3704 NSType ? NSType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()
3705 : nullptr,
3706 TRD.getPair()) == Sema::AR_accessible)
3707 TC.addCorrectionDecl(*TRD);
3708 }
3709 if (TC.isResolved())
3710 addCorrection(TC);
3711 break;
3712 }
3713 case LookupResult::NotFound:
3714 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
3715 case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
3716 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
3717 break;
3718 }
3719 }
3720 }
3721 QualifiedResults.clear();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003722}
3723
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003724TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::NamespaceSpecifierSet(
3725 ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *CurContext, CXXScopeSpec *CurScopeSpec)
3726 : Context(Context), CurContextChain(buildContextChain(CurContext)),
3727 isSorted(false) {
3728 if (NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
3729 CurScopeSpec ? CurScopeSpec->getScopeRep() : nullptr) {
3730 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(CurNameSpecifier);
3731 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3732
3733 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3734 }
3735 // Build the list of identifiers that would be used for an absolute
3736 // (from the global context) NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current
3737 // context.
3738 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3739 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3740 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3741 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C))
3742 CurContextIdentifiers.push_back(ND->getIdentifier());
3743 }
3744
3745 // Add the global context as a NestedNameSpecifier
3746 Distances.insert(1);
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003747 SpecifierInfo SI = {cast<DeclContext>(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()),
3748 NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context), 1};
3749 DistanceMap[1].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Takatacd7c3a92014-06-11 18:33:46 +00003750}
3751
Kaelyn Takata7dcc0e62014-06-11 18:07:08 +00003752auto TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildContextChain(
3753 DeclContext *Start) -> DeclContextList {
Nick Lewycky0d9b3192013-04-08 21:55:21 +00003754 assert(Start && "Building a context chain from a null context");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003755 DeclContextList Chain;
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003756 for (DeclContext *DC = Start->getPrimaryContext(); DC != nullptr;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003757 DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
3758 NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
3759 if (!DC->isInlineNamespace() && !DC->isTransparentContext() &&
3760 !(ND && ND->isAnonymousNamespace()))
3761 Chain.push_back(DC->getPrimaryContext());
3762 }
3763 return Chain;
3764}
3765
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003766void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::sortNamespaces() {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00003767 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> sortedDistances;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003768 sortedDistances.append(Distances.begin(), Distances.end());
3769
3770 if (sortedDistances.size() > 1)
3771 std::sort(sortedDistances.begin(), sortedDistances.end());
3772
3773 Specifiers.clear();
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00003774 for (auto D : sortedDistances) {
3775 SpecifierInfoList &SpecList = DistanceMap[D];
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003776 Specifiers.append(SpecList.begin(), SpecList.end());
3777 }
3778
3779 isSorted = true;
3780}
3781
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003782unsigned
3783TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::buildNestedNameSpecifier(
3784 DeclContextList &DeclChain, NestedNameSpecifier *&NNS) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003785 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
3786 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = DeclChain.rbegin(),
3787 CEnd = DeclChain.rend();
3788 C != CEnd; ++C) {
3789 if (NamespaceDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamespaceDecl>(*C)) {
3790 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, ND);
3791 ++NumSpecifiers;
3792 } else if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(*C)) {
3793 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, NNS, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
3794 RD->getTypeForDecl());
3795 ++NumSpecifiers;
3796 }
3797 }
3798 return NumSpecifiers;
3799}
3800
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003801void TypoCorrectionConsumer::NamespaceSpecifierSet::addNameSpecifier(
3802 DeclContext *Ctx) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00003803 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003804 unsigned NumSpecifiers = 0;
Kaelyn Takata0fc75192014-06-11 18:06:56 +00003805 DeclContextList NamespaceDeclChain(buildContextChain(Ctx));
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003806 DeclContextList FullNamespaceDeclChain(NamespaceDeclChain);
3807
3808 // Eliminate common elements from the two DeclContext chains.
3809 for (DeclContextList::reverse_iterator C = CurContextChain.rbegin(),
3810 CEnd = CurContextChain.rend();
3811 C != CEnd && !NamespaceDeclChain.empty() &&
3812 NamespaceDeclChain.back() == *C; ++C) {
3813 NamespaceDeclChain.pop_back();
3814 }
3815
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003816 // Build the NestedNameSpecifier from what is left of the NamespaceDeclChain
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003817 NumSpecifiers = buildNestedNameSpecifier(NamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003818
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003819 // Add an explicit leading '::' specifier if needed.
3820 if (NamespaceDeclChain.empty()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003821 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003822 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003823 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003824 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00003825 } else if (NamedDecl *ND =
3826 dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(NamespaceDeclChain.back())) {
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003827 IdentifierInfo *Name = ND->getIdentifier();
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003828 bool SameNameSpecifier = false;
3829 if (std::find(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.begin(),
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003830 CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end(),
3831 Name) != CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.end()) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003832 std::string NewNameSpecifier;
3833 llvm::raw_string_ostream SpecifierOStream(NewNameSpecifier);
3834 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo *, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3835 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3836 NNS->print(SpecifierOStream, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3837 SpecifierOStream.flush();
3838 SameNameSpecifier = NewNameSpecifier == CurNameSpecifier;
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003839 }
Kaelyn Uhrainf7b63e32013-10-19 00:04:52 +00003840 if (SameNameSpecifier ||
3841 std::find(CurContextIdentifiers.begin(), CurContextIdentifiers.end(),
3842 Name) != CurContextIdentifiers.end()) {
3843 // Rebuild the NestedNameSpecifier as a globally-qualified specifier.
3844 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
3845 NumSpecifiers =
Kaelyn Takataa5bdbc82014-06-11 18:07:05 +00003846 buildNestedNameSpecifier(FullNamespaceDeclChain, NNS);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003847 }
3848 }
3849
3850 // If the built NestedNameSpecifier would be replacing an existing
3851 // NestedNameSpecifier, use the number of component identifiers that
3852 // would need to be changed as the edit distance instead of the number
3853 // of components in the built NestedNameSpecifier.
3854 if (NNS && !CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers.empty()) {
3855 SmallVector<const IdentifierInfo*, 4> NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers;
3856 getNestedNameSpecifierIdentifiers(NNS, NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers);
3857 NumSpecifiers = llvm::ComputeEditDistance(
3858 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(CurNameSpecifierIdentifiers),
3859 ArrayRef<const IdentifierInfo *>(NewNameSpecifierIdentifiers));
3860 }
3861
3862 isSorted = false;
3863 Distances.insert(NumSpecifiers);
Hans Wennborg66010132014-06-11 21:24:13 +00003864 SpecifierInfo SI = {Ctx, NNS, NumSpecifiers};
3865 DistanceMap[NumSpecifiers].push_back(SI);
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00003866}
3867
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003868/// \brief Perform name lookup for a possible result for typo correction.
3869static void LookupPotentialTypoResult(Sema &SemaRef,
3870 LookupResult &Res,
3871 IdentifierInfo *Name,
3872 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
3873 DeclContext *MemberContext,
3874 bool EnteringContext,
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003875 bool isObjCIvarLookup,
3876 bool FindHidden) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003877 Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3878 Res.clear();
3879 Res.setLookupName(Name);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00003880 Res.setAllowHidden(FindHidden);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003881 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003882 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(MemberContext)) {
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003883 if (isObjCIvarLookup) {
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003884 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Class->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3885 Res.addDecl(Ivar);
3886 Res.resolveKind();
3887 return;
3888 }
3889 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003890
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003891 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *Prop = Class->FindPropertyDeclaration(Name)) {
3892 Res.addDecl(Prop);
3893 Res.resolveKind();
3894 return;
3895 }
3896 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003897
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003898 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Res, MemberContext);
3899 return;
3900 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003901
3902 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Res, S, SS, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/false,
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003903 EnteringContext);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003904
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003905 // Fake ivar lookup; this should really be part of
3906 // LookupParsedName.
3907 if (ObjCMethodDecl *Method = SemaRef.getCurMethodDecl()) {
3908 if (Method->isInstanceMethod() && Method->getClassInterface() &&
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003909 (Res.empty() ||
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003910 (Res.isSingleResult() &&
3911 Res.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()))) {
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00003912 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV
Douglas Gregord507d772010-10-20 03:06:34 +00003913 = Method->getClassInterface()->lookupInstanceVariable(Name)) {
3914 Res.addDecl(IV);
3915 Res.resolveKind();
3916 }
3917 }
3918 }
3919}
3920
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003921/// \brief Add keywords to the consumer as possible typo corrections.
3922static void AddKeywordsToConsumer(Sema &SemaRef,
3923 TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00003924 Scope *S, CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3925 bool AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3926 if (AfterNestedNameSpecifier) {
3927 // For 'X::', we know exactly which keywords can appear next.
3928 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
3929 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords)
3930 Consumer.addKeywordResult("operator");
3931 return;
3932 }
3933
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003934 if (CCC.WantObjCSuper)
3935 Consumer.addKeywordResult("super");
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003936
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003937 if (CCC.WantTypeSpecifiers) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003938 // Add type-specifier keywords to the set of results.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003939 static const char *const CTypeSpecs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003940 "char", "const", "double", "enum", "float", "int", "long", "short",
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003941 "signed", "struct", "union", "unsigned", "void", "volatile",
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003942 "_Complex", "_Imaginary",
3943 // storage-specifiers as well
3944 "extern", "inline", "static", "typedef"
3945 };
3946
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00003947 const unsigned NumCTypeSpecs = llvm::array_lengthof(CTypeSpecs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003948 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCTypeSpecs; ++I)
3949 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CTypeSpecs[I]);
3950
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003951 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003952 Consumer.addKeywordResult("restrict");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003953 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003954 Consumer.addKeywordResult("bool");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003955 else if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C99)
Douglas Gregor3b22a882011-07-01 21:27:45 +00003956 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Bool");
3957
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003958 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003959 Consumer.addKeywordResult("class");
3960 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typename");
3961 Consumer.addKeywordResult("wchar_t");
3962
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00003963 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003964 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char16_t");
3965 Consumer.addKeywordResult("char32_t");
3966 Consumer.addKeywordResult("constexpr");
3967 Consumer.addKeywordResult("decltype");
3968 Consumer.addKeywordResult("thread_local");
3969 }
3970 }
3971
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003972 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().GNUMode)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003973 Consumer.addKeywordResult("typeof");
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00003974 } else if (CCC.WantFunctionLikeCasts) {
3975 static const char *const CastableTypeSpecs[] = {
3976 "char", "double", "float", "int", "long", "short",
3977 "signed", "unsigned", "void"
3978 };
3979 for (auto *kw : CastableTypeSpecs)
3980 Consumer.addKeywordResult(kw);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003981 }
3982
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003983 if (CCC.WantCXXNamedCasts && SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003984 Consumer.addKeywordResult("const_cast");
3985 Consumer.addKeywordResult("dynamic_cast");
3986 Consumer.addKeywordResult("reinterpret_cast");
3987 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_cast");
3988 }
3989
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00003990 if (CCC.WantExpressionKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003991 Consumer.addKeywordResult("sizeof");
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003992 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().Bool || SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003993 Consumer.addKeywordResult("false");
3994 Consumer.addKeywordResult("true");
3995 }
3996
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00003997 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00003998 static const char *const CXXExprs[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00003999 "delete", "new", "operator", "throw", "typeid"
4000 };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004001 const unsigned NumCXXExprs = llvm::array_lengthof(CXXExprs);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004002 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCXXExprs; ++I)
4003 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CXXExprs[I]);
4004
4005 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext) &&
4006 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(SemaRef.CurContext)->isInstance())
4007 Consumer.addKeywordResult("this");
4008
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004009 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004010 Consumer.addKeywordResult("alignof");
4011 Consumer.addKeywordResult("nullptr");
4012 }
4013 }
Jordan Rose58d54722012-06-30 21:33:57 +00004014
4015 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().C11) {
4016 // FIXME: We should not suggest _Alignof if the alignof macro
4017 // is present.
4018 Consumer.addKeywordResult("_Alignof");
4019 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004020 }
4021
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004022 if (CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004023 if (SemaRef.getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() || SemaRef.getCurBlock()) {
4024 // Statements.
Craig Topperd6d31ac2013-07-15 08:24:27 +00004025 static const char *const CStmts[] = {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004026 "do", "else", "for", "goto", "if", "return", "switch", "while" };
Craig Toppere5ce8312013-07-15 03:38:40 +00004027 const unsigned NumCStmts = llvm::array_lengthof(CStmts);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004028 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumCStmts; ++I)
4029 Consumer.addKeywordResult(CStmts[I]);
4030
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004031 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004032 Consumer.addKeywordResult("catch");
4033 Consumer.addKeywordResult("try");
4034 }
4035
4036 if (S && S->getBreakParent())
4037 Consumer.addKeywordResult("break");
4038
4039 if (S && S->getContinueParent())
4040 Consumer.addKeywordResult("continue");
4041
4042 if (!SemaRef.getCurFunction()->SwitchStack.empty()) {
4043 Consumer.addKeywordResult("case");
4044 Consumer.addKeywordResult("default");
4045 }
4046 } else {
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004047 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004048 Consumer.addKeywordResult("namespace");
4049 Consumer.addKeywordResult("template");
4050 }
4051
4052 if (S && S->isClassScope()) {
4053 Consumer.addKeywordResult("explicit");
4054 Consumer.addKeywordResult("friend");
4055 Consumer.addKeywordResult("mutable");
4056 Consumer.addKeywordResult("private");
4057 Consumer.addKeywordResult("protected");
4058 Consumer.addKeywordResult("public");
4059 Consumer.addKeywordResult("virtual");
4060 }
4061 }
4062
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004063 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004064 Consumer.addKeywordResult("using");
4065
Richard Smith2bf7fdb2013-01-02 11:42:31 +00004066 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004067 Consumer.addKeywordResult("static_assert");
4068 }
4069 }
4070}
4071
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004072/// \brief Check whether the declarations found for a typo correction are
4073/// visible, and if none of them are, convert the correction to an 'import
4074/// a module' correction.
Kaelyn Takata61df4a72014-06-17 23:41:33 +00004075static void checkCorrectionVisibility(Sema &SemaRef, TypoCorrection &TC) {
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004076 if (TC.begin() == TC.end())
4077 return;
4078
4079 TypoCorrection::decl_iterator DI = TC.begin(), DE = TC.end();
4080
4081 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI)
4082 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
4083 break;
4084 // Nothing to do if all decls are visible.
4085 if (DI == DE)
4086 return;
4087
4088 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 4> NewDecls(TC.begin(), DI);
4089 bool AnyVisibleDecls = !NewDecls.empty();
4090
4091 for (/**/; DI != DE; ++DI) {
4092 NamedDecl *VisibleDecl = *DI;
4093 if (!LookupResult::isVisible(SemaRef, *DI))
4094 VisibleDecl = findAcceptableDecl(SemaRef, *DI);
4095
4096 if (VisibleDecl) {
4097 if (!AnyVisibleDecls) {
4098 // Found a visible decl, discard all hidden ones.
4099 AnyVisibleDecls = true;
4100 NewDecls.clear();
4101 }
4102 NewDecls.push_back(VisibleDecl);
4103 } else if (!AnyVisibleDecls && !(*DI)->isModulePrivate())
4104 NewDecls.push_back(*DI);
4105 }
4106
4107 if (NewDecls.empty())
4108 TC = TypoCorrection();
4109 else {
4110 TC.setCorrectionDecls(NewDecls);
4111 TC.setRequiresImport(!AnyVisibleDecls);
4112 }
4113}
4114
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004115/// \brief Try to "correct" a typo in the source code by finding
4116/// visible declarations whose names are similar to the name that was
4117/// present in the source code.
4118///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004119/// \param TypoName the \c DeclarationNameInfo structure that contains
4120/// the name that was present in the source code along with its location.
4121///
4122/// \param LookupKind the name-lookup criteria used to search for the name.
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004123///
4124/// \param S the scope in which name lookup occurs.
4125///
4126/// \param SS the nested-name-specifier that precedes the name we're
4127/// looking for, if present.
4128///
Kaelyn Uhrain2d317ed2012-01-11 19:37:46 +00004129/// \param CCC A CorrectionCandidateCallback object that provides further
4130/// validation of typo correction candidates. It also provides flags for
4131/// determining the set of keywords permitted.
4132///
Douglas Gregoraf2bd472009-12-31 07:42:17 +00004133/// \param MemberContext if non-NULL, the context in which to look for
4134/// a member access expression.
4135///
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004136/// \param EnteringContext whether we're entering the context described by
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004137/// the nested-name-specifier SS.
4138///
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004139/// \param OPT when non-NULL, the search for visible declarations will
4140/// also walk the protocols in the qualified interfaces of \p OPT.
4141///
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004142/// \returns a \c TypoCorrection containing the corrected name if the typo
4143/// along with information such as the \c NamedDecl where the corrected name
4144/// was declared, and any additional \c NestedNameSpecifier needed to access
4145/// it (C++ only). The \c TypoCorrection is empty if there is no correction.
4146TypoCorrection Sema::CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &TypoName,
4147 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
4148 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Kaelyn Uhrain4e8942c2012-01-31 23:49:25 +00004149 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004150 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004151 DeclContext *MemberContext,
4152 bool EnteringContext,
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004153 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
4154 bool RecordFailure) {
Kaelyn Uhrainf0aabda2013-08-12 19:54:38 +00004155 // Always let the ExternalSource have the first chance at correction, even
4156 // if we would otherwise have given up.
4157 if (ExternalSource) {
4158 if (TypoCorrection Correction = ExternalSource->CorrectTypo(
4159 TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC, MemberContext, EnteringContext, OPT))
4160 return Correction;
4161 }
4162
Richard Smith1fff95c2013-09-12 23:28:08 +00004163 if (Diags.hasFatalErrorOccurred() || !getLangOpts().SpellChecking ||
4164 DisableTypoCorrection)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004165 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004166
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004167 // In Microsoft mode, don't perform typo correction in a template member
4168 // function dependent context because it interferes with the "lookup into
4169 // dependent bases of class templates" feature.
Alp Tokerbfa39342014-01-14 12:51:41 +00004170 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && CurContext->isDependentContext() &&
Francois Pichet9c391132011-12-03 15:55:29 +00004171 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext))
4172 return TypoCorrection();
4173
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004174 // We only attempt to correct typos for identifiers.
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004175 IdentifierInfo *Typo = TypoName.getName().getAsIdentifierInfo();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004176 if (!Typo)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004177 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004178
4179 // If the scope specifier itself was invalid, don't try to correct
4180 // typos.
4181 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004182 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004183
4184 // Never try to correct typos during template deduction or
4185 // instantiation.
4186 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004187 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004188
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3e56dd42013-03-14 22:56:43 +00004189 // Don't try to correct 'super'.
4190 if (S && S->isInObjcMethodScope() && Typo == getSuperIdentifier())
4191 return TypoCorrection();
4192
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004193 // Abort if typo correction already failed for this specific typo.
4194 IdentifierSourceLocations::iterator locs = TypoCorrectionFailures.find(Typo);
4195 if (locs != TypoCorrectionFailures.end() &&
Aaron Ballman7fc6e1b2013-10-05 19:56:07 +00004196 locs->second.count(TypoName.getLoc()))
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004197 return TypoCorrection();
4198
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004199 // Don't try to correct the identifier "vector" when in AltiVec mode.
4200 // TODO: Figure out why typo correction misbehaves in this case, fix it, and
4201 // remove this workaround.
4202 if (getLangOpts().AltiVec && Typo->isStr("vector"))
4203 return TypoCorrection();
4204
John Thompson2309b152014-05-07 22:47:08 +00004205 // If we're handling a missing symbol error, using modules, and the
4206 // special search all modules option is used, look for a missing import.
John Thompson2d94bbb2014-04-23 19:04:32 +00004207 if ((Mode == CTK_ErrorRecovery) && getLangOpts().Modules &&
4208 getLangOpts().ModulesSearchAll) {
John Thompson2309b152014-05-07 22:47:08 +00004209 // The following has the side effect of loading the missing module.
4210 getModuleLoader().lookupMissingImports(Typo->getName(),
4211 TypoName.getLocStart());
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004212 }
4213
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004214 TypoCorrectionConsumer Consumer(*this, TypoName, LookupKind, S, SS, CCC,
4215 MemberContext, EnteringContext);
John Thompson2255f2c2014-04-23 12:57:01 +00004216
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004217 // If a callback object considers an empty typo correction candidate to be
4218 // viable, assume it does not do any actual validation of the candidates.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004219 TypoCorrection EmptyCorrection;
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004220 bool ValidatingCallback = !isCandidateViable(CCC, EmptyCorrection);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004221
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004222 // Perform name lookup to find visible, similarly-named entities.
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004223 bool IsUnqualifiedLookup = false;
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004224 DeclContext *QualifiedDC = MemberContext;
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004225 if (MemberContext) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004226 LookupVisibleDecls(MemberContext, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004227
4228 // Look in qualified interfaces.
4229 if (OPT) {
Aaron Ballman83731462014-03-17 16:14:00 +00004230 for (auto *I : OPT->quals())
4231 LookupVisibleDecls(I, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor35b0bac2010-01-03 18:01:57 +00004232 }
4233 } else if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004234 QualifiedDC = computeDeclContext(*SS, EnteringContext);
4235 if (!QualifiedDC)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004236 return TypoCorrection();
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004237
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004238 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4239 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4240 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4241 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004242 return TypoCorrection();
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004243 ++TyposCorrected;
4244
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004245 LookupVisibleDecls(QualifiedDC, LookupKind, Consumer);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004246 } else {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004247 IsUnqualifiedLookup = true;
4248 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap::iterator Cached
4249 = UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.find(Typo);
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004250 if (Cached != UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
4251 // Add the cached value, unless it's a keyword or fails validation. In the
4252 // keyword case, we'll end up adding the keyword below.
4253 if (Cached->second) {
4254 if (!Cached->second.isKeyword() &&
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004255 isCandidateViable(CCC, Cached->second)) {
4256 // Do not use correction that is unaccessible in the given scope.
Serge Pavlove8ae13f2013-10-15 14:24:32 +00004257 NamedDecl *CorrectionDecl = Cached->second.getCorrectionDecl();
Serge Pavlovc0cd80f2013-10-14 14:05:48 +00004258 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(CorrectionDecl->getDeclName(),
4259 CorrectionDecl->getLocation());
4260 LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
4261 if (LookupName(R, S))
4262 Consumer.addCorrection(Cached->second);
4263 }
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004264 } else {
4265 // Only honor no-correction cache hits when a callback that will validate
4266 // correction candidates is not being used.
4267 if (!ValidatingCallback)
4268 return TypoCorrection();
4269 }
4270 }
4271 if (Cached == UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.end()) {
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004272 // Provide a stop gap for files that are just seriously broken. Trying
4273 // to correct all typos can turn into a HUGE performance penalty, causing
4274 // some files to take minutes to get rejected by the parser.
4275 if (TyposCorrected + UnqualifiedTyposCorrected.size() >= 20)
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004276 return TypoCorrection();
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004277 }
Kaelyn Uhrain5986c3e2012-02-15 22:14:18 +00004278 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004279
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004280 // Determine whether we are going to search in the various namespaces for
4281 // corrections.
4282 bool SearchNamespaces
Kaelyn Uhrainf4657d52012-04-03 18:20:11 +00004283 = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
Kaelyn Uhrain8aa8da82013-10-19 00:05:00 +00004284 (IsUnqualifiedLookup || (SS && SS->isSet()));
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004285 // In a few cases we *only* want to search for corrections based on just
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004286 // adding or changing the nested name specifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004287 unsigned TypoLen = Typo->getName().size();
4288 bool AllowOnlyNNSChanges = TypoLen < 3;
4289
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004290 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup || SearchNamespaces) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004291 // For unqualified lookup, look through all of the names that we have
4292 // seen in this translation unit.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004293 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004294 for (const auto &I : Context.Idents)
4295 Consumer.FoundName(I.getKey());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004296
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004297 // Walk through identifiers in external identifier sources.
Kaelyn Uhrain1c75d402012-02-07 01:32:58 +00004298 // FIXME: Re-add the ability to skip very unlikely potential corrections.
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004299 if (IdentifierInfoLookup *External
4300 = Context.Idents.getExternalIdentifierLookup()) {
Ahmed Charlesb8984322014-03-07 20:03:18 +00004301 std::unique_ptr<IdentifierIterator> Iter(External->getIdentifiers());
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004302 do {
4303 StringRef Name = Iter->Next();
4304 if (Name.empty())
4305 break;
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004306
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004307 Consumer.FoundName(Name);
4308 } while (true);
Douglas Gregor57756ea2010-10-14 22:11:03 +00004309 }
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004310 }
4311
Richard Smithb3a1df02012-06-08 21:35:42 +00004312 AddKeywordsToConsumer(*this, Consumer, S, CCC, SS && SS->isNotEmpty());
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004313
Douglas Gregor280e1ee2010-04-14 20:04:41 +00004314 // If we haven't found anything, we're done.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004315 if (Consumer.empty())
4316 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4317 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004318
Kaelyn Uhrain493ea632012-06-06 20:54:51 +00004319 // Make sure the best edit distance (prior to adding any namespace qualifiers)
4320 // is not more that about a third of the length of the typo's identifier.
Kaelyn Uhrain0a16a8e2012-02-14 18:56:48 +00004321 unsigned ED = Consumer.getBestEditDistance(true);
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004322 if (ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004323 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4324 IsUnqualifiedLookup);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004325
Douglas Gregorb11f9452012-03-26 16:54:18 +00004326 // Build the NestedNameSpecifiers for the KnownNamespaces, if we're going
4327 // to search those namespaces.
4328 if (SearchNamespaces) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004329 // Load any externally-known namespaces.
4330 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces) {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00004331 SmallVector<NamespaceDecl *, 4> ExternalKnownNamespaces;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004332 LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces = true;
4333 ExternalSource->ReadKnownNamespaces(ExternalKnownNamespaces);
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004334 for (auto *N : ExternalKnownNamespaces)
4335 KnownNamespaces[N] = true;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004336 }
Kaelyn Uhrain95995be2013-09-26 19:10:29 +00004337
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004338 Consumer.addNamespaces(KnownNamespaces);
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004339 }
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004340
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004341 TypoCorrection BestTC = Consumer.getNextCorrection();
4342 TypoCorrection SecondBestTC = Consumer.getNextCorrection();
4343 if (!BestTC)
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004344 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004345
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004346 ED = BestTC.getEditDistance();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004347
Kaelyn Uhrain653ff242013-10-02 18:26:35 +00004348 if (!AllowOnlyNNSChanges && ED > 0 && TypoLen / ED < 3) {
Kaelyn Uhraincb7a0402012-01-23 20:18:59 +00004349 // If this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback
4350 // object wouldn't have filtered out possible corrections, note
4351 // that no correction was found.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004352 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4353 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004354 }
4355
Douglas Gregor0afa7f62010-10-14 20:34:08 +00004356 // If only a single name remains, return that result.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004357 if (!SecondBestTC ||
4358 SecondBestTC.getEditDistance(false) > BestTC.getEditDistance(false)) {
4359 const TypoCorrection &Result = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004360
Douglas Gregor2a1d72d2010-10-26 17:18:00 +00004361 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4362 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004363 if (ED == 0 && Result.isKeyword())
4364 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004365
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004366 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4367 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
4368 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = Result;
4369
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004370 TypoCorrection TC = Result;
4371 TC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
Kaelyn Takataa95ebc62014-06-17 23:47:29 +00004372 checkCorrectionVisibility(*this, TC);
David Blaikie04ea41c2012-10-12 20:00:44 +00004373 return TC;
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004374 }
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004375 // Ugly hack equivalent to CTC == CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver;
4376 // WantObjCSuper is only true for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver and for
4377 // some instances of CTC_Unknown, while WantRemainingKeywords is true
4378 // for CTC_Unknown but not for CTC_ObjCMessageReceiver.
4379 else if (SecondBestTC && CCC.WantObjCSuper && !CCC.WantRemainingKeywords) {
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004380 // Prefer 'super' when we're completing in a message-receiver
4381 // context.
4382
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004383 if (BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super") {
4384 if (SecondBestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() == "super")
4385 BestTC = SecondBestTC;
Kaelyn Takata9e2931e2014-06-11 18:07:03 +00004386 else if (Consumer["super"].front().isKeyword())
4387 BestTC = Consumer["super"].front();
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004388 }
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004389 // Don't correct to a keyword that's the same as the typo; the keyword
4390 // wasn't actually in scope.
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004391 if (BestTC.getEditDistance() == 0 ||
4392 BestTC.getCorrection().getAsString() != "super")
Kaelyn Uhrain0e238442013-09-27 19:40:08 +00004393 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure);
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004394
Douglas Gregor87074f12010-10-20 01:32:02 +00004395 // Record the correction for unqualified lookup.
4396 if (IsUnqualifiedLookup)
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004397 UnqualifiedTyposCorrected[Typo] = BestTC;
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004398
Kaelyn Takata68fdd592014-06-11 18:07:01 +00004399 BestTC.setCorrectionRange(SS, TypoName);
4400 return BestTC;
Douglas Gregoraf9eb592010-10-15 13:35:25 +00004401 }
NAKAMURA Takumif9cbcc42011-01-27 07:10:08 +00004402
Kaelyn Takata73429fd2014-06-10 21:03:49 +00004403 // Record the failure's location if needed and return an empty correction. If
4404 // this was an unqualified lookup and we believe the callback object did not
4405 // filter out possible corrections, also cache the failure for the typo.
4406 return FailedCorrection(Typo, TypoName.getLoc(), RecordFailure,
4407 IsUnqualifiedLookup && !ValidatingCallback);
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004408}
4409
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004410void TypoCorrection::addCorrectionDecl(NamedDecl *CDecl) {
4411 if (!CDecl) return;
4412
4413 if (isKeyword())
4414 CorrectionDecls.clear();
4415
Kaelyn Uhrainf60b55a2012-11-19 18:49:53 +00004416 CorrectionDecls.push_back(CDecl->getUnderlyingDecl());
Kaelyn Uhrainacbdc572011-08-03 20:36:05 +00004417
4418 if (!CorrectionName)
4419 CorrectionName = CDecl->getDeclName();
4420}
4421
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004422std::string TypoCorrection::getAsString(const LangOptions &LO) const {
4423 if (CorrectionNameSpec) {
4424 std::string tmpBuffer;
4425 llvm::raw_string_ostream PrefixOStream(tmpBuffer);
4426 CorrectionNameSpec->print(PrefixOStream, PrintingPolicy(LO));
David Blaikied4da8722013-05-14 21:04:00 +00004427 PrefixOStream << CorrectionName;
Benjamin Kramer73faad62012-04-14 08:26:28 +00004428 return PrefixOStream.str();
Douglas Gregorc2fa1692011-06-28 16:20:02 +00004429 }
4430
4431 return CorrectionName.getAsString();
Douglas Gregor2d435302009-12-30 17:04:44 +00004432}
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004433
4434bool CorrectionCandidateCallback::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4435 if (!candidate.isResolved())
4436 return true;
4437
4438 if (candidate.isKeyword())
4439 return WantTypeSpecifiers || WantExpressionKeywords || WantCXXNamedCasts ||
4440 WantRemainingKeywords || WantObjCSuper;
4441
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004442 bool HasNonType = false;
4443 bool HasStaticMethod = false;
4444 bool HasNonStaticMethod = false;
4445 for (Decl *D : candidate) {
4446 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
4447 D = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4448 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4449 if (Method->isStatic())
4450 HasStaticMethod = true;
4451 else
4452 HasNonStaticMethod = true;
4453 }
4454 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(D))
4455 HasNonType = true;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004456 }
4457
Nick Lewycky9ea8efa2014-06-23 22:57:51 +00004458 if (IsAddressOfOperand && HasNonStaticMethod && !HasStaticMethod &&
4459 !candidate.getCorrectionSpecifier())
4460 return false;
4461
4462 return WantTypeSpecifiers || HasNonType;
Kaelyn Uhrain989b7ca2013-04-03 16:59:49 +00004463}
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004464
4465FunctionCallFilterCCC::FunctionCallFilterCCC(Sema &SemaRef, unsigned NumArgs,
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004466 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004467 MemberExpr *ME)
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004468 : NumArgs(NumArgs), HasExplicitTemplateArgs(HasExplicitTemplateArgs),
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004469 CurContext(SemaRef.CurContext), MemberFn(ME) {
Kaelyn Takatab04846b2014-07-28 18:14:02 +00004470 WantTypeSpecifiers = false;
4471 WantFunctionLikeCasts = SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NumArgs == 1;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004472 WantRemainingKeywords = false;
4473}
4474
4475bool FunctionCallFilterCCC::ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4476 if (!candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
4477 return candidate.isKeyword();
4478
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004479 for (auto *C : candidate) {
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004480 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
Aaron Ballman1e606f42014-07-15 22:03:49 +00004481 NamedDecl *ND = C->getUnderlyingDecl();
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004482 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4483 FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4484 if (!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && !FD) {
4485 if (!(FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) && isa<ValueDecl>(ND)) {
4486 // If the Decl is neither a function nor a template function,
4487 // determine if it is a pointer or reference to a function. If so,
4488 // check against the number of arguments expected for the pointee.
4489 QualType ValType = cast<ValueDecl>(ND)->getType();
4490 if (ValType->isAnyPointerType() || ValType->isReferenceType())
4491 ValType = ValType->getPointeeType();
4492 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = ValType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
Alp Toker9cacbab2014-01-20 20:26:09 +00004493 if (FPT->getNumParams() == NumArgs)
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004494 return true;
4495 }
4496 }
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004497
4498 // Skip the current candidate if it is not a FunctionDecl or does not accept
4499 // the current number of arguments.
4500 if (!FD || !(FD->getNumParams() >= NumArgs &&
4501 FD->getMinRequiredArguments() <= NumArgs))
4502 continue;
4503
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004504 // If the current candidate is a non-static C++ method, skip the candidate
4505 // unless the method being corrected--or the current DeclContext, if the
4506 // function being corrected is not a method--is a method in the same class
4507 // or a descendent class of the candidate's parent class.
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004508 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
Kaelyn Takatafb271f02014-04-04 22:16:30 +00004509 if (MemberFn || !MD->isStatic()) {
4510 CXXMethodDecl *CurMD =
4511 MemberFn
4512 ? dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(MemberFn->getMemberDecl())
4513 : dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004514 CXXRecordDecl *CurRD =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004515 CurMD ? CurMD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr;
Kaelyn Uhrainb4b14752014-02-28 18:12:42 +00004516 CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent()->getCanonicalDecl();
4517 if (!CurRD || (CurRD != RD && !CurRD->isDerivedFrom(RD)))
4518 continue;
4519 }
4520 }
4521 return true;
Kaelyn Uhrain53e72192013-07-08 23:13:39 +00004522 }
4523 return false;
4524}
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004525
4526void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4527 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4528 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4529 diagnoseTypo(Correction, TypoDiag, PDiag(diag::note_previous_decl),
4530 ErrorRecovery);
4531}
4532
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004533/// Find which declaration we should import to provide the definition of
4534/// the given declaration.
4535static const NamedDecl *getDefinitionToImport(const NamedDecl *D) {
4536 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
4537 return VD->getDefinition();
4538 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004539 return FD->isDefined(FD) ? FD : nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004540 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
4541 return TD->getDefinition();
4542 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
4543 return ID->getDefinition();
4544 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(D))
4545 return PD->getDefinition();
4546 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
4547 return getDefinitionToImport(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004548 return nullptr;
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004549}
4550
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004551/// \brief Diagnose a successfully-corrected typo. Separated from the correction
4552/// itself to allow external validation of the result, etc.
4553///
4554/// \param Correction The result of performing typo correction.
4555/// \param TypoDiag The diagnostic to produce. This will have the corrected
4556/// string added to it (and usually also a fixit).
4557/// \param PrevNote A note to use when indicating the location of the entity to
4558/// which we are correcting. Will have the correction string added to it.
4559/// \param ErrorRecovery If \c true (the default), the caller is going to
4560/// recover from the typo as if the corrected string had been typed.
4561/// In this case, \c PDiag must be an error, and we will attach a fixit
4562/// to it.
4563void Sema::diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
4564 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
4565 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
4566 bool ErrorRecovery) {
4567 std::string CorrectedStr = Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts());
4568 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
4569 FixItHint FixTypo = FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
4570 Correction.getCorrectionRange(), CorrectedStr);
4571
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004572 // Maybe we're just missing a module import.
4573 if (Correction.requiresImport()) {
4574 NamedDecl *Decl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
4575 assert(Decl && "import required but no declaration to import");
4576
4577 // Suggest importing a module providing the definition of this entity, if
4578 // possible.
4579 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinitionToImport(Decl);
4580 if (!Def)
4581 Def = Decl;
4582 Module *Owner = Def->getOwningModule();
4583 assert(Owner && "definition of hidden declaration is not in a module");
4584
4585 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(),
4586 diag::err_module_private_declaration)
4587 << Def << Owner->getFullModuleName();
4588 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4589
4590 // Recover by implicitly importing this module.
Richard Smith3d23c422014-05-07 02:25:43 +00004591 if (ErrorRecovery)
4592 createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(
4593 Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), Owner);
Richard Smithe156254d2013-08-20 20:35:18 +00004594 return;
4595 }
4596
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004597 Diag(Correction.getCorrectionRange().getBegin(), TypoDiag)
4598 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixTypo : FixItHint());
4599
4600 NamedDecl *ChosenDecl =
Craig Topperc3ec1492014-05-26 06:22:03 +00004601 Correction.isKeyword() ? nullptr : Correction.getCorrectionDecl();
Richard Smithf9b15102013-08-17 00:46:16 +00004602 if (PrevNote.getDiagID() && ChosenDecl)
4603 Diag(ChosenDecl->getLocation(), PrevNote)
4604 << CorrectedQuotedStr << (ErrorRecovery ? FixItHint() : FixTypo);
4605}